TW201219379A - Liquid crystal-aligning agent, liquid crystal-aligning film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing liquid crystal display elements - Google Patents
Liquid crystal-aligning agent, liquid crystal-aligning film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing liquid crystal display elements Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201219379A TW201219379A TW100123259A TW100123259A TW201219379A TW 201219379 A TW201219379 A TW 201219379A TW 100123259 A TW100123259 A TW 100123259A TW 100123259 A TW100123259 A TW 100123259A TW 201219379 A TW201219379 A TW 201219379A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- liquid crystal
- crystal alignment
- group
- alignment agent
- polymerizable compound
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D307/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D307/56—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D307/58—One oxygen atom, e.g. butenolide
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F24/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a heterocyclic ring containing oxygen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F290/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
- C08F290/08—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L79/00—Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
- C08L79/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08L79/08—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
- G02F1/133711—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
- G02F1/133723—Polyimide, polyamide-imide
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
- G02F1/13378—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation
- G02F1/133788—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation by light irradiation, e.g. linearly polarised light photo-polymerisation
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
- G02F1/133711—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
- G02F1/133715—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films by first depositing a monomer
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
- Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)
Abstract
Description
201219379 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於在於液晶分子外加電壓的狀態下藉由照 射紫外線而製作之垂直配向方式的液晶顯示元件之製造上 可使用的液晶配向劑、液晶配向膜、液晶顯示元件及液晶 顯示元件的製造方法。 【先前技術】 將對於基板配向成垂直的液晶分子藉由電場應答之方 式(亦稱爲垂直配向(VA)方式)的液晶顯示元件中, 含有對於該製造過程中,於液晶分子一邊外加電壓一邊照 射紫外線的步驟者。 如此垂直配向方式之液晶顯示元件中,已知預先於液 晶組成物中添加光聚合性化合物,同時使用聚醯亞胺等垂 直配向膜,於晶胞一邊外加電壓,一邊照射紫外線後,加 速液晶的應答速度之技術(例如參照專利文獻1及非專利 文獻1 ) ( PSA (聚合物穩定型垂直配向技術,P〇lymer sustained Alignment)型液晶顯示器)。一般對電場應答 的液晶分子之傾斜方向可藉由設置於基板上的突起或設置 於顯示用電極之縫隙等做控制,但於液晶組成物中添加光 聚合性化合物,對晶胞一邊外加電壓一邊照射紫外線下, '液晶分子的傾斜方向被記億之聚合物結構物形成於液晶配 向膜上’故與僅由突起或縫隙控制液晶分子的傾斜方向之 方法相比’液晶顯示元件之應答速度變的更快速。 -5- 201219379 對於該PSA方式的液晶顯示元件,添加於液晶 性化合物的溶解性低,若增加添加量時有著於低溫 之問題。另一方面,若減少聚合性化合物之添加量 法得到良好配向狀態。又,殘留於液晶中之未反應 化合物因會成爲液晶中之雜質(污染),故亦會有 晶顯示元件之信頼性的問題。又,在PS A模式爲必: 照射處理中若該照射量過多時,液晶中之成分會被 引起信頼性降低》 其中,將光聚合性化合物非添加於液晶組成物 由添加於液晶配向膜中,亦可加速液晶顯示元件之 度已經被報告(SC-PVA型液晶顯示器)(例如參 利文獻2 )。 [先行技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]特開2003-307720號公報 [非專利文獻] [非專利文獻 1] K.Hanaoka,SID 04 DIGEST、 1202 [非專利文獻 2] K.H Y.-J.Lee,SID 09 DIGEST、 668 【發明內容】 發明所要解決之課題 之聚合 時析出 時,無 聚合性 降低液 g之UV 分解而 中,藉 應答速 照非專 .1 200-P.666- -6 - 201219379 然而,可望進一步加速液晶顯示元件之應答速度。且 認爲藉由增加光聚合性化合物之添加量,可加速液晶顯示 元件之應答速度,但該光聚合性化合物於液晶中未反應而 直接殘留時會成爲雜質,成爲降低液晶顯示元件的信頼性 之原因,故以較少添加量可加速應答速度的聚合性化合物 受到期待。 本發明的課題係爲解決上述過去技術之問題點,提供 一種可提高垂直配向方式之液晶顯示元件的應答速度之液 晶配向劑、液晶配向膜、液晶顯示元件及液晶顯示元件的 製造方法》 解決課題之手段 解決上述課題之本發明的液晶配向劑的特徵爲具有聚 合物、聚合性化合物與溶劑者,其中聚合物爲選自聚醯亞 胺前驅物、及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物經醯亞胺化所得之聚醯 亞胺的至少一種聚合物;該聚醯亞胺前驅物爲具有將液晶 配向呈垂直之側鏈、與含有選自甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、乙 烯基及桂皮醯基的至少一種光反應性側鏈之聚醯亞胺前驅 物;該聚合性化合物爲於2個以上末端上各具有光聚合或 光交聯之基的聚合性化合物。 而前述光反應性之側鏈含有選自下述式(I)之基爲 佳。 201219379 [化1] (Ο ο C—C=CH:[Technical Field] The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent and a liquid crystal which can be used in the manufacture of a liquid crystal display element of a vertical alignment type which is produced by irradiating ultraviolet rays in a state where a voltage is applied to liquid crystal molecules. An alignment film, a liquid crystal display element, and a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display element. [Prior Art] A liquid crystal display device in which a liquid crystal molecule that is aligned perpendicular to a substrate is subjected to an electric field (also referred to as a vertical alignment (VA) method) contains a voltage applied to the liquid crystal molecules in the manufacturing process. The step of irradiating ultraviolet rays. In the liquid crystal display device of the above-described vertical alignment type, it is known that a photopolymerizable compound is added to the liquid crystal composition, and a vertical alignment film such as polyimide is used, and a voltage is applied to the cell, and the ultraviolet ray is accelerated. The technique of the response speed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1 and Non-Patent Document 1) (PSA (Plaster sustained Alignment) liquid crystal display). Generally, the tilt direction of the liquid crystal molecules responsive to the electric field can be controlled by a protrusion provided on the substrate or a slit provided in the display electrode, but a photopolymerizable compound is added to the liquid crystal composition, and a voltage is applied to the cell side. Under the irradiation of ultraviolet rays, 'the tilt direction of the liquid crystal molecules is formed on the liquid crystal alignment film by the polymer structure of 100 million.' Therefore, the response speed of the liquid crystal display element is changed as compared with the method of controlling the tilt direction of the liquid crystal molecules only by the protrusions or slits. Faster. -5-201219379 The liquid crystal display element of the PSA type has a low solubility in a liquid crystal compound, and has a problem of low temperature when the amount of addition is increased. On the other hand, if the addition amount of the polymerizable compound is reduced, a good alignment state is obtained. Further, since the unreacted compound remaining in the liquid crystal becomes an impurity (contamination) in the liquid crystal, there is also a problem of reliability of the crystal display element. Further, in the PS A mode, when the irradiation amount is too large, the components in the liquid crystal are caused to have a low letterability. In addition, the photopolymerizable compound is not added to the liquid crystal composition and is added to the liquid crystal alignment film. The degree of liquid crystal display element can also be accelerated (SC-PVA type liquid crystal display) (for example, reference document 2). [PRIOR ART DOCUMENT] [Patent Document 1] JP-A-2003-307720 [Non-Patent Document] [Non-Patent Document 1] K. Hanaoka, SID 04 DIGEST, 1202 [Non-Patent Document 2] KH Y. -J.Lee, SID 09 DIGEST, 668 [Summary of the Invention] When the polymerization of the problem to be solved by the invention is precipitated, the polymerization is not reduced by the UV decomposition of the liquid g, and the response is accelerated by the non-specific. 1 200-P.666 - -6 - 201219379 However, it is expected to further accelerate the response speed of the liquid crystal display element. In addition, it is considered that the reaction rate of the liquid crystal display element can be accelerated by increasing the amount of the photopolymerizable compound to be added. However, when the photopolymerizable compound is left unreacted in the liquid crystal and remains directly, it becomes an impurity, and the reliability of the liquid crystal display element is lowered. For this reason, a polymerizable compound which accelerates the response speed with a small addition amount is expected. An object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal display element, and a liquid crystal display element, which can improve the response speed of a liquid crystal display device of a vertical alignment type, in order to solve the problems of the prior art described above. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention which solves the above problems is characterized by having a polymer, a polymerizable compound and a solvent, wherein the polymer is selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, and the polyimide precursor is passed through And at least one polymer obtained by imidization of the obtained polyimine; the polyimine precursor having a side chain having a liquid crystal alignment direction and containing a selected from the group consisting of a methacryl group, a propenyl group, a vinyl group, and a cassia A polyimine precursor of at least one photoreactive side chain of the group; the polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound having a photopolymerization or photocrosslinking group at each of two or more terminals. Further, the photoreactive side chain preferably contains a group selected from the following formula (I). 201219379 [化1] (Ο ο C—C=CH:
-0一C一G=CHi (式中,R11爲H或甲基) 又,前述光聚合或光交聯之基選自下述式(Π)爲佳 [化2] (II)-0 - C - G = CHi (wherein R11 is H or methyl) Further, the photopolymerization or photocrosslinking group is preferably selected from the following formula (Π) (II) (II)
(式中,R12爲Η或碳數1〜4的烷基,Ζ1爲可由碳數1〜12 的烷基或碳數1〜12的烷氧基所取代之二價芳香環或雜環 ,Ζ2爲可由碳數1〜12的烷基或碳數1〜12的烷氧基所取代 之一價芳香環或雜環) 本發明的液晶配向膜係以將上述液晶配向劑塗佈於基 板上,燒成後所得爲特徵。 本發明的液晶顯示元件係以具備以下晶胞爲特徵,該 晶胞係由接觸於將上述液晶配向劑塗佈於基板上並燒成所 侍之液晶配向膜而設置液晶層,於該液晶層上一邊外加電 壓一邊照射紫外線所製作。 -8 - 201219379 而本發明的液晶顯示元件之製造方法係以接觸於將上 述液晶配向劑塗佈於基板上並燒成所得之液晶配向膜而設 置液晶層,於該液晶層上一邊外加電壓一邊照射紫外線製 造晶胞爲特徵。 發明的效果 本發明係可提高應答速度快速的垂直配向方式之液晶 顯示元件。而對於該液晶配向劑,即使爲聚合性化合物之 添加量較少的情況,亦可充分地提高應答速度。 實施發明的型態 以下對於本發明做詳細說明。 本發明的液晶配向劑爲具有選自具有將液晶配向呈垂 直的側鏈、與含有選自甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、乙烯基及桂 皮醯基的至少一種光反應性之側鏈的聚醯亞胺前驅物、及 將該聚醯亞胺前驅物經醯亞胺化所得之聚醯亞胺的至少一 種聚合物、於2個以上末端上各具有進行光聚合或光交聯 之基的聚合性化合物、與溶劑者。所謂液晶配向劑爲使用 於作成液晶配向膜之溶液,所謂液晶配向膜爲將液晶配向 爲所定方向,在本發明爲配向爲垂直方向之膜。 首先,對於含有本發明之液晶配向劑的聚合性化合物 做詳細敘述。本發明的液晶配向劑爲含有2個以上的末端 上各具有進行光聚合或光交聯之基的聚合性化合物者。即 ,本發明的液晶配向劑所含有之聚合性化合物爲,持有2 -9 ** 201219379 個以上的末端上具有進行光聚合或光交聯之基的化合物。 其中,所謂具有進行光聚合之基的聚合性化合物爲具有藉 由照射光使其產生聚合之官能基之化合物。又,所謂具有 光交聯之基的化合物爲具有以下官能基的化合物,該官能 基爲藉由照射光,與聚合性化合物的聚合物、或選自聚醯 亞胺前驅物、及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物經醯亞胺化所得之聚 醯亞胺的至少一種聚合物進行反應而可與彼等交聯者。且 ,具有進行光交聯之基的化合物與具有進行光交聯之基的 化合物彼此亦會反應。 將如此聚合性化合物與下述聚合物同時含於液晶配向 劑中,該聚合物爲選自下述聚醯亞胺前驅物、及將該聚醯 亞胺前驅物經醯亞胺化所得之聚醯亞胺的至少一種聚合物 ,該聚醯亞胺前驅物爲具有將後述詳細說明的液晶配向呈 垂直之側鏈、與含有選自甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、乙烯基及 桂皮醯基的至少一種之光反應性側鏈的聚醯亞胺前驅物, 藉由將該液晶配向劑使用於SC-PVA型液晶顯示器等垂直 配向方式之液晶顯示元件的製造上,與單獨使用具有將該 液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈及光反應性側鏈的聚合物或該聚合 性化合物時做比較,可劇烈提高應答速度,即使爲少量的 聚合性化合物之添加量亦可充分地提高應答速度。 作爲進行光聚合或光交聯之基,可舉出上述式(II) 所不一價基。 作爲聚合性化合物之具體例,可舉出如下述式(III ) 所不各2個末端具有進行光聚合之基的化合物、持有具有 -10- 201219379 如下述式(IV)所示之進行光聚合之基的末端與具有進行 光交聯之基的末端之化合物、或如下述式(V)所示的各2 個末端具有進行光交聯之基的化合物。且,對於下述式( III)〜(V) ,R12、Z1及Z2與上述式(II)中之R12、Z1及 Z2爲相同,Q1爲二價有機基。Q1具有伸苯基(-C6H4-)、 聯伸苯基(-C6H4-C6H4-)或環伸己基(-C6H1Q-)等環結 構者爲佳。因與液晶之相互作用較大之故。 [化3] (III)(wherein R12 is an anthracene or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and oxime 1 is a divalent aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, Ζ2 a monovalent aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is obtained by applying the above liquid crystal alignment agent onto a substrate. The characteristics obtained after firing are characteristic. The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is characterized in that it has a unit cell in which a liquid crystal layer is provided by contacting a liquid crystal alignment film which is applied to a substrate and is fired by the liquid crystal alignment agent, and the liquid crystal layer is provided on the liquid crystal layer. It is made by applying ultraviolet light to the upper side while applying a voltage. -8 - 201219379 In the method for producing a liquid crystal display device of the present invention, a liquid crystal layer is provided in contact with a liquid crystal alignment film obtained by applying the liquid crystal alignment agent onto a substrate and firing the film, and a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal layer. It is characterized by the irradiation of ultraviolet rays to produce a unit cell. EFFECT OF THE INVENTION The present invention is a liquid crystal display element which can improve the vertical alignment mode of the response speed. Further, in the liquid crystal alignment agent, even when the amount of the polymerizable compound added is small, the response speed can be sufficiently improved. Mode for Carrying Out the Invention The present invention will be described in detail below. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention has a polyfluorene selected from a side chain having a side chain having a liquid crystal alignment direction and at least one photoreactive side chain selected from a methacryl group, a propenyl group, a vinyl group and a cinnamyl group. An imine precursor, and at least one polymer of the polyimine obtained by imidating the polyimine precursor with ruthenium, having a polymerization of photopolymerization or photocrosslinking at each of two or more terminals Sex compounds, and solvents. The liquid crystal alignment agent is a solution for forming a liquid crystal alignment film, and the liquid crystal alignment film is a film for aligning the liquid crystal in a predetermined direction. In the present invention, the film is oriented in a vertical direction. First, the polymerizable compound containing the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention will be described in detail. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is one which contains two or more polymerizable compounds each having a group which undergoes photopolymerization or photocrosslinking. In other words, the polymerizable compound contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a compound having 2 -9 ** 201219379 or more terminals having a photopolymerization or photocrosslinking at the terminal. Here, the polymerizable compound having a group for photopolymerization is a compound having a functional group which is polymerized by irradiation of light. Further, the compound having a photocrosslinking group is a compound having a functional group which is a polymer of a polymerizable compound or a polyimine precursor selected by irradiation with light, and the polycondensation. The quinone imine precursor is reacted with at least one polymer of the polyimine obtained by hydrazine imidization to be crosslinked with them. Further, a compound having a group for performing photocrosslinking and a compound having a group for photocrosslinking also react with each other. The polymerizable compound is simultaneously contained in a liquid crystal alignment agent which is a polyimine precursor selected from the following, and a polycondensation obtained by imidating the polyimine precursor At least one polymer of ruthenium imide having a side chain having a vertical alignment with a liquid crystal to be described later and containing a methacryl group, a propylene group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamyl group. At least one photoreactive side chain polyimine precursor is used for the manufacture of a liquid crystal display element of a vertical alignment type such as an SC-PVA liquid crystal display by using the liquid crystal alignment agent, and has a liquid crystal display element for use alone When the polymer having a vertical side chain and a photoreactive side chain or a polymerizable compound is aligned, the response speed can be drastically increased, and the reaction rate can be sufficiently increased even if a small amount of the polymerizable compound is added. Examples of the group to carry out photopolymerization or photocrosslinking include a valent group of the above formula (II). Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include a compound having a group in which photopolymerization is carried out at each of two terminal groups of the following formula (III), and a light having a concentration of -10-201219379 as shown in the following formula (IV) The terminal of the polymerization group is a compound having a terminal having a photocrosslinking group or a compound having a photocrosslinking group at each of two terminal ends represented by the following formula (V). Further, in the following formulae (III) to (V), R12, Z1 and Z2 are the same as R12, Z1 and Z2 in the above formula (II), and Q1 is a divalent organic group. It is preferred that Q1 has a cyclic structure such as a phenyl (-C6H4-), a phenyl (-C6H4-C6H4-) or a cyclohexyl group (-C6H1Q-). Because of the large interaction with the liquid crystal. [Chemical 3] (III)
-11 - 201219379 [化5] (V)-11 - 201219379 [5] (V)
作爲式(111 )所示聚合性化合物之具體例,可舉出下 述式(1)所示聚合性化合物。對於下述式(1) ,V係以 單鍵或-R1。-所示’ R1爲直鏈或分支之碳數1〜1〇的伸烷基 ’較佳爲係以-R1。-所不’ R1爲直鏈或分支之碳數2〜6的 伸烷基。又’ W爲單鍵或以-OR2-所示,R2爲直鏈或分支之 碳數1〜10的伸烷基,較佳以-OR2·所示,R2爲直鏈或分支 之碳數2〜6的伸烷基。且,V及W可爲相同或相異結構, 但相同時容易合成。且,對於下述式(1 )所示聚合性化 合物,因另外申請故可由本發明去除。 [化6]Specific examples of the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (111) include a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (1). For the following formula (1), V is a single bond or -R1. - ' R1 is a linear or branched carbon number of 1 to 1 Å. The alkyl group is preferably -R1. - No" R1 is a linear or branched carbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Further, 'W is a single bond or is represented by -OR2-, and R2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably represented by -OR2., and R2 is a linear or branched carbon number of 2 ~6 alkylene. Moreover, V and W may be the same or different structures, but they are easy to synthesize at the same time. Further, the polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (1) can be removed by the present invention because of another application. [Chemical 6]
該上述式(1)所示聚合性化合物係爲具有於兩末端 具有聚合性基(進行光聚合之基)之α-伸甲基-γ-丁內酯 基的特定結構化合物,故聚合物爲硬性結構,具有優良液 晶配向固定化能力,如後述實施例所示,藉由使用於將選 自聚醯亞胺前驅物、及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物經醯亞胺化所 得之聚醯亞胺的至少一種聚合物作爲液晶配向膜材料使用 的SC-PVΑ型液晶顯示器等垂直配向方式液晶顯示元件的 製造上,可特別大幅度提高應答速度。又,一般於液晶配 -12- 201219379 向膜形成過程中含有將溶劑完全取除的高溫下燒成步驟, 但具有丙烯酸酯基、甲基丙烯酸酯基、乙烯基、乙烯氧基 、環氧基等聚合性基之化合物係爲熱安定性缺乏者,難以 耐住在高溫之燒成。另一方面,上述式(1)所示聚合性 化合物可能爲缺乏熱聚合性之結構,故可充分耐住高溫, 例如200 °c以上之燒成溫度。 且作爲進行光聚合或光交聯之基,並非CK-伸甲基-γ-丁內酯基’即使爲具有丙烯酸酯基或甲基丙烯酸酯基之聚 合性化合物’若爲具有該丙烯酸酯基或甲基丙烯酸酯基介 著氧化稀基等間隔物與伸苯基結合的結構之聚合性化合物 ’與於上述兩末端各具有伸甲基-γ -丁內酯基之聚合性 化合物同樣地’特別可大幅度地提高應答速度。又,若爲 具有丙烯酸酯基或甲基丙烯酸酯基介著氧化烯基等間隔物 與伸苯基結合的結構之聚合性化合物,可提高對熱之安定 性’且可充分耐住在高溫例如20CTC以上之燒成溫度。 如此聚合性化合物中,下述式所示化合物係爲新穎化 合物。 -13- 201219379 [化7]The polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1) is a specific structural compound having an α-methyl-γ-butyrolactone group having a polymerizable group (a group for photopolymerization) at both terminals, so the polymer is a rigid structure having excellent liquid crystal alignment immobilization ability, as shown in the later-described embodiment, by using a polyfluorene obtained by subjecting a polyimine precursor to a polyimide precursor and imidating the polyimine precursor In the production of a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element such as an SC-PV(R) liquid crystal display used as a liquid crystal alignment film material, at least one type of polymer of the imine can greatly improve the response speed. Further, in the liquid crystal distribution -12-201219379, the film formation process includes a high-temperature firing step in which the solvent is completely removed, but has an acrylate group, a methacrylate group, a vinyl group, a vinyloxy group, and an epoxy group. The compound of the polymerizable group is one in which heat stability is lacking, and it is difficult to withstand high temperature firing. On the other hand, the polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1) may have a structure which lacks thermal polymerization property, and thus can sufficiently withstand high temperatures, for example, a firing temperature of 200 ° C or higher. Further, as a group for photopolymerization or photocrosslinking, it is not a CK-extended methyl-γ-butyrolactone group, even if it is a polymerizable compound having an acrylate group or a methacrylate group, if it has the acrylate group Or a polymerizable compound having a structure in which a methacrylate group and a phenyl group are bonded to a phenyl group, and a polymerizable compound having a methyl-γ-butyrolactone group at both ends; In particular, the response speed can be greatly improved. Further, in the case of a polymerizable compound having a structure in which an acrylate group or a methacrylate group is bonded to a phenyl group via a spacer such as an oxyalkylene group, heat stability can be improved and the temperature can be sufficiently maintained at a high temperature, for example. The firing temperature above 20CTC. Among the polymerizable compounds, the compound represented by the following formula is a novel compound. -13- 201219379 [化7]
如此聚合性化合物之製造方法並無特別限定,例如可 依據後述合成例而製造。例如上述式(1)所示聚合性化 合物可組合有機合成化學中之手法而合成。例如藉由下述 反應式所不Talaga等所提出的P.Talaga,M.Schaeffer, C.Benezra and J.L.Stamp f,S ynthesi s , 5 3 0 ( 1 990 )的方法 ’可使用SnCl2反應2-(溴甲基)丙烯酸(2-( bromomethyl ) propenoi c aci d )與醒或酮而合成。且 Amberlyst 15係爲 Rohm and Haas Company製之強酸性離子 交換樹脂。 -14- 201219379 [化8]The method for producing the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited, and it can be produced, for example, according to a synthesis example described later. For example, the polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1) can be synthesized by a combination of methods in organic synthetic chemistry. For example, the method of P. Talaga, M. Schaeffer, C. Benezra and JLStamp f, Synthesi s, 5 3 0 (1 990 ) proposed by Talaga et al. (Bromomethyl)propenoic acid (2-( bromomethyl ) propenoi c aci d ) is synthesized with awake or ketone. The Amberlyst 15 is a strong acid ion exchange resin manufactured by Rohm and Haas Company. -14- 201219379 [Chem. 8]
(式中,R’表不一·價有機基) 又,2-(溴甲基)丙烯酸可藉由下述反, Ramarajan^ ^ K.Ramarajan,K.Kamalingam,D.J.O and K. D . B er 1 i η, Organic Synthesis,vol.61,56-59 所提案之方法進行合成。 [化9] 式所示 Donnell 1 98 3 )(wherein R' is not a valence organic group) Further, 2-(bromomethyl)acrylic acid can be reversed by the following, Ramarajan^^K.Ramarajan, K.Kamalingam, DJO and K.D.B er 1 i η, Organic Synthesis, vol. 61, 56-59 The proposed method was synthesized. [Chemical 9] As shown by Donnell 1 98 3 )
作爲具體合成例,合成V爲-Rh-、W爲-OR2 R2爲相同之上述式(1 )所示聚合性化合物時,5 述反應式所示2種方法。 [化 10] -,R1 與 「舉出下 ΗAs a specific synthesis example, when V is -Rh- and W is -OR2 and R2 is the same polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1), the two methods shown in the above reaction formula are shown. [化10] -,R1 and "raise the next Η
K^Oj/Acctcae ►OHC-R1K^Oj/Acctcae ►OHC-R1
PyrijiaiucD C ,ch,PjPyrijiaiucD C ,ch,Pj
5payio%RCK«]} .THF/Hi〇 -15- 201219379 [化11] η^〇-〇-°η5payio%RCK«]} .THF/Hi〇 -15- 201219379 [化11] η^〇-〇-°η
SoCyiOHHl THF/H3p [〇(»<]) 又,合成R1與R2相異的上述式( 物時,可舉出下述反應式所示方法。 [化 12] y〇V ya=v HO-CHjrRirBr H〇~^ KfCOyAcctanc · ι,^〇-〇^-Λΐ^ 所示聚合性化合 » HO-CHi-R*SoCyiOHHl THF/H3p [〇(»<]) Further, the above formula (wherein R1 and R2) are different (the method shown by the following reaction formula is mentioned) [ y 12 ] y〇V ya=v HO- CHjrRirBr H〇~^ KfCOyAcctanc · ι,^〇-〇^-Λΐ^ The polymerizable compound shown » HO-CHi-R*
PyrfiiehuB CUcrodnoBulePyrfiiehuB CUcrodnoBule
Social OKHCl(冲 而合成V及W爲單鍵之上述式(1 )所示聚合性化合物 時,可舉出下述反應式所示方法。 [化 13] 〇η〇-〇-〇^*°When the polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (1) wherein V and W are a single bond is synthesized, a method represented by the following reaction formula may be mentioned. [Chemical 13] 〇η〇-〇-〇^*°
SnCyiO^HQCtq) 7HF 又,本發明的液晶配向劑爲含有選自聚醯亞胺前驅物 、及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物經醯亞胺化所得之聚醯亞胺的至 少一種,且具有將液晶配向呈垂直的側鏈與光反應性側鏈 之聚合物。且作爲聚醯亞胺前驅物,可舉出聚醯胺酸(亦 稱爲聚醯胺酸)或聚醯胺酸酯等。 -16- 201219379 將具有該聚合物之液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈若爲可將液 晶對基板配向呈垂直之結構即可,並無特別限定,例如可 舉出長鏈的烷基、長鏈烷基中間具有環結構或分支結構的 基、類固醇基等烴基或這些基的氫的一部份或全部取代爲 氟原子之基等。當然亦可具有將二種類以上.液晶配向呈垂 直之側鏈。將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈可直接結合於聚醯胺 酸或聚醯胺酸酯等聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺的主鏈上, 即可直接結合於聚醯胺酸骨架或聚醯亞胺骨架等,又亦可 介著適當鍵結基而結合。作爲將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈, 例如可舉出氫可由氟取代之碳數爲8〜30,較佳爲8〜22之 烴基,具體可舉出烷基、氟烷基、烯基、苯乙基、苯乙烯 烷基、萘基、氟苯基烷基等。作爲將其他液晶配向呈垂直 之側鏈,例如可舉出下述式(a )所示者。 [化 14] -(a) I m η (式(a)中,1、m及n各獨立表示〇或1之整數,R3表示碳 數 2〜6的伸院基、-〇-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、 -CONH-或碳數1〜3的伸烷基-醚基,R4、R5及R6,各獨立 表示伸苯基或環伸烷基,R7表示氫、碳數2〜24的烷基或 含有氟之烷基、一價芳香環、一價脂肪族環、一價雜環或 這些所成之一價大環狀取代體) 且,上述式(a)中之R3由合成容易性之觀點來看, 以-0-、-COO-、-CONH-、碳數1〜3的伸烷基-醚基爲佳。 又,式(a )中之R4、R5及R6由合成容易性及將液晶 -17- 201219379 配向呈垂直的能力之觀點來看,以下述表i所示 R4、R5及R6的組合爲佳。 〔表1〕 1 m η R4 R5 R6 1 1 1 伸苯基 伸苯基 環伸己基 1 1 1 伸苯基 環伸己基 環伸己基 1 1 1 環伸己基 環伸己基 環伸己基 1 1 0 伸苯基 伸苯基 1 1 0 伸苯基 環伸己基 1 1 0 環伸己基 — 環伸己基 _ 而1、m、η的至少一個爲1時,式(a)中之R7較佳爲 氫或碳數2〜14的烷基或含有氟之烷基,更佳爲氫或碳數2 〜12的烷基或含有氟之烷基。又,1、m、η皆爲0時,R7較 佳爲碳數12〜22的烷基或含有氟之烷基、一價芳香環、一 價脂肪族環、一價雜環、彼等所成之一價大環狀取代體, 更佳爲碳數12〜20的烷基或含有氟之烷基。 將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的存在量若爲液晶配向膜可 將液晶配向呈垂直之範圍即可,並無特別限定。但,對於 具備前述液晶配向膜之液晶顯示元件,以不損害電壓保持 率或殘留DC電壓之蓄積等元件的顯示特性之範圍內,將液 晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的存在量儘可能少爲佳。 且,具有將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的聚合物將液晶配 向呈垂直之能力會依將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的結構而不 同,一般而言,若將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的量變多時’ -18" 201219379 將液晶配向呈垂直之能力會提高,變少則下降。又’若具 有環狀結構,比不具有環狀結構者相比較,將液晶配向呈 垂直之能力有較高傾向。 又,由本發明之液晶配向劑所含有之聚醯胺酸或聚醯 胺酸酯等聚醯亞胺前驅物及聚醯亞胺的至少一種所成的聚 合物具有光反應性側鏈。所謂光反應性的側鏈爲藉由紫外 線(UV)等光的照射進行反應,具有可形成共價鍵之官 能基(以下亦稱爲光反應性基)的側鏈,本發明中,作爲 光反應性基係含有選自甲基丙烯基.、丙烯基、乙烯基及桂 皮醯基的至少一種。如此將於液晶配向劑所含有之聚醯胺 酸或聚醯胺酸酯等聚醯亞胺前驅物及聚醯亞胺的至少一種 所成之聚合物,作爲具有含有選自甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、 乙烯基及桂皮醯基的至少一種之光反應性側鏈者,與上述 聚合性化合物同時使用於液晶配向劑時,如後述的實施例 所示,可提高應答速度。 光反應性的側鏈可直接結合於聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯 亞胺之主鏈,又亦可介著適當鍵結基進行結合。作爲光反 應性的側鏈,例如可舉出下述式(b )所示者。 [化 15] —R8—R9—R10 ⑼ (式(b)中,R8 表示單鍵或-CH2-、-0-、-COO-、-〇c〇_ 、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CH2〇-、-N(CH3)-、 -CON(CH3)-、-N(CH3)CO-中任一,R9表示單鍵或非取代或 由氟原子所取代的碳數1〜20的伸烷基,伸烷基的-CH2-可 201219379 由-CF2 -或-CH=CH -做任意取代,對於以下所舉的任一基 彼此未相鄰時可取代爲這些基;_〇_、_c〇〇_、-OCO-、 -NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、二價碳環、二價雜環。R1Q表示 甲基丙嫌基、丙稀基、乙嫌基、桂皮醯基) 且’上述式(b)中之R8可由一般有機合成的手法形 成,但由合成容易性之觀點來看,以_CH2-、-〇-、-COO-、-NHCO-、-NH-、-CH20-爲佳》 又’作爲取代R9的任意-CH2-之二價碳環或二價雜環 的碳環或雜環,具體可舉出如以下之結構,但並未限定於 此等。 [化 16] Ο O CK) Ch〇 0-00Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyimine precursor and a polyimine obtained by imidating the polyimide precursor with ruthenium. The liquid crystal is aligned with a polymer having a vertical side chain and a photoreactive side chain. Further, examples of the polyimine precursor include polyglycine (also referred to as polyglycolic acid) or polyphthalamide. -16-201219379 The liquid crystal having the polymer is aligned in a vertical direction, and the liquid crystal is perpendicular to the substrate, and is not particularly limited. For example, a long-chain alkyl group or a long-chain alkane is exemplified. A hydrocarbon group having a ring structure or a branched structure in the middle, a hydrocarbon group such as a steroid group, or a part or all of hydrogen of these groups is substituted with a group of a fluorine atom or the like. Of course, it is also possible to have a side chain in which two or more types of liquid crystals are aligned vertically. The vertical side chain of the liquid crystal alignment can be directly bonded to the polyimine precursor such as polylysine or polyphthalate or the main chain of the polyimine, and can be directly bonded to the polyamine skeleton or The polyimine skeleton or the like may be bonded via a suitable bonding group. Examples of the side chain in which the liquid crystal is aligned vertically may, for example, be a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 8 to 30, preferably 8 to 22, which may be substituted by fluorine, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group, a fluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group and a benzene group. Ethyl, styrenealkyl, naphthyl, fluorophenylalkyl, and the like. Examples of the side chain in which the other liquid crystals are aligned are, for example, those represented by the following formula (a). - (a) I m η (In the formula (a), 1, m and n each independently represent an integer of 〇 or 1, and R3 represents a stretching number of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, -〇-, -COO -, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH- or an alkylene-ether group having a carbon number of 1 to 3, R4, R5 and R6 each independently represent a phenyl or cycloalkyl group, and R7 represents hydrogen or carbon. a number of 2 to 24 alkyl groups or a fluorine-containing alkyl group, a monovalent aromatic ring, a monovalent aliphatic ring, a monovalent heterocyclic ring or a monovalent large cyclic substituent thereof; and, in the above formula (a) R3 is preferably an alkyl-ether group having -0-, -COO-, -CONH-, or a carbon number of 1 to 3 from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis. Further, R4, R5 and R6 in the formula (a) are preferably a combination of R4, R5 and R6 as shown in the following Table i from the viewpoints of easiness of synthesis and ability to align the liquid crystal -17-201219379. [Table 1] 1 m η R4 R5 R6 1 1 1 phenyl extended phenyl ring hexyl 1 1 1 phenyl ring hexyl ring hexyl 1 1 1 ring hexyl ring hexyl ring hexyl 1 1 0 benzene Base phenyl 1 1 0 phenyl ring hexyl 1 1 0 ring hexyl - cyclohexyl _ while at least one of 1, m, η is 1, R7 in formula (a) is preferably hydrogen or carbon number The alkyl group of 2 to 14 or the alkyl group containing fluorine is more preferably hydrogen or an alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkyl group containing fluorine. Further, when 1, m and η are all 0, R7 is preferably an alkyl group having 12 to 22 carbon atoms or an alkyl group containing fluorine, a monovalent aromatic ring, a monovalent aliphatic ring, a monovalent heterocyclic ring, and the like. The monovalent large cyclic substituent is more preferably an alkyl group having 12 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkyl group containing fluorine. The amount of the side chain in which the liquid crystal is aligned in the vertical direction is not particularly limited as long as it is a liquid crystal alignment film in which the liquid crystal alignment direction is vertical. However, in the liquid crystal display element including the liquid crystal alignment film, it is preferable that the amount of the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal alignment is as small as possible within a range that does not impair the display characteristics of the voltage holding ratio or the accumulation of the residual DC voltage. . Moreover, the ability of the polymer having the side chain of the liquid crystal alignment to be perpendicular to the liquid crystal alignment is different depending on the structure in which the liquid crystal is aligned in a vertical side chain. Generally, if the liquid crystal is aligned in a vertical side chain, When the amount of change is large, '-18" 201219379 The ability to make the liquid crystal alignment vertical will increase, and decrease will decrease. Further, if it has a ring structure, the ability to align the liquid crystal in a vertical direction tends to be higher than that of a person having no ring structure. Further, a polymer obtained by at least one of a polyimine precursor such as polylysine or a polyphthalamide contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention and a polyimine has a photoreactive side chain. The photoreactive side chain is a side chain which is reacted by irradiation of light such as ultraviolet rays (UV), and has a functional group capable of forming a covalent bond (hereinafter also referred to as a photoreactive group). In the present invention, as a light The reactive group contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a methacryl group, a propylene group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamyl group. The polymer obtained by at least one of a polyimine precursor such as polylysine or a polyphthalate contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent and a polyamidene has a content selected from the group consisting of a methacryl group, When at least one of the photoreactive side chain of the acryl group, the vinyl group and the cinnamyl group is used together with the above polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal alignment agent, the response speed can be improved as shown in the examples described later. The photoreactive side chain may be directly bonded to the main chain of the polyimine precursor or the polyimine, or may be bonded via a suitable bonding group. Examples of the photoreactive side chain include those represented by the following formula (b). - R8 - R9 - R10 (9) (In the formula (b), R8 represents a single bond or -CH2-, -0-, -COO-, -〇c〇_, -NHCO-, -CONH-, - Any of NH-, -CH2〇-, -N(CH3)-, -CON(CH3)-, -N(CH3)CO-, R9 represents a single bond or a carbon number substituted by a fluorine atom or substituted by a fluorine atom ~20 alkylene, alkylene-CH2- can be 201219379 optionally substituted by -CF2 - or -CH=CH-, and can be substituted for any of the following groups when they are not adjacent to each other; 〇_, _c〇〇_, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, -NH-, a divalent carbocyclic ring, a divalent heterocyclic ring. R1Q represents a methyl propyl group, a propyl group, an aryl group, Cassia ruthenium) and R8 in the above formula (b) can be formed by a general organic synthesis method, but from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis, _CH2-, -〇-, -COO-, -NHCO-, - Further, NH- or -CH20- is preferably a carbon ring or a heterocyclic ring which is a divalent carbocyclic ring or a divalent heterocyclic ring of any -CH2- which is substituted for R9, and specifically includes the following structures, but is not limited thereto. This is the case. [化 16] Ο O CK) Ch〇 0-00
R由光反應性的觀點來看,以甲基丙烯基、丙烯基 或乙烯基爲佳。 又’上述式(b)更佳爲含有選自上述式(I)的基之 結構。 光反應性的側鏈之存在量係以可藉由經紫外線的照射 進行反應形成共價鍵而加速液晶的應答速度之範圍爲佳, 欲進一步加速液晶的應答速度,以不影響其他特性的範圍 下’儘可能較多爲佳。 -20- 201219379 製造選自具有如此將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈、與含有 選自甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、乙烯基及桂皮醯基的至少一種 之光反應性側鏈的聚醯亞胺前驅物、及將該聚醯亞胺前驅 物經醯亞胺化所得之聚醯亞胺的至少一種聚合物的方法並 無特別限定,例如藉由二胺與四羧酸二酐之反應得到聚醯 胺酸之方法中,使具有將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的二胺或 具有將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的四羧酸二酐、或具有含有 選自甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、乙烯基及桂皮醯基的至少一種 之光反應性側鏈的二胺或具有含有選自甲基丙烯基、丙烯 基、乙烯基及桂皮醯基的至少一種之光反應性側鏈的四羧 酸二酐進行共聚合即可。 作爲具有將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的二胺,可舉出具 有長鏈的烷基、於長鏈烷基之途中具有環結構或分支之結 構的基、類固醇基等烴基或這些基的氫之一部份或全部取 代爲氟原子的基作爲側鏈的二胺,例如可舉出具有上述式 (a)所示側鏈之二胺。更具體例如可舉出具有氫可由氟 所取代之碳數爲8〜30的烴基等二胺,或下述式(2)、( 3) 、(4) 、(5)所示二胺,但並未限定於此等。 [化 17] 0^,侦朴Η ⑺R is preferably a methacryl group, a propylene group or a vinyl group from the viewpoint of photoreactivity. Further, the above formula (b) is more preferably a structure containing a group selected from the above formula (I). The photoreactive side chain is present in a range in which the reaction speed of the liquid crystal can be accelerated by reacting with ultraviolet rays to form a covalent bond, and it is preferable to further accelerate the response speed of the liquid crystal so as not to affect other characteristics. The next 'as much as possible is better. -20- 201219379 Manufactured from a polyfluorene imine having a side chain having a liquid crystal alignment direction perpendicular thereto and a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a methacryl group, a propenyl group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamyl group The method of the precursor and the at least one polymer of the polyimine obtained by imidating the polyimine precursor with ruthenium is not particularly limited, for example, by the reaction of a diamine with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride to obtain a poly In the method of proline, a diamine having a side chain in which a liquid crystal is aligned in a vertical direction or a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a side chain in which a liquid crystal is aligned vertically or having a methacryl group, a propylene group, or the like a diamine of a photoreactive side chain of at least one of a vinyl group and a cinnamyl group or a tetracarboxylic acid having a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a methacryl group, a propenyl group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamyl group The dianhydride can be copolymerized. Examples of the diamine having a side chain in which the liquid crystal is aligned perpendicularly include a long-chain alkyl group, a group having a ring structure or a branched structure on the middle of a long-chain alkyl group, a hydrocarbon group such as a steroid group, or a hydrogen group of these groups. A diamine which is partially or wholly substituted with a fluorine atom as a side chain, and examples thereof include a diamine having a side chain represented by the above formula (a). More specifically, for example, a diamine such as a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 8 to 30 in which hydrogen is replaced by fluorine, or a diamine represented by the following formulas (2), (3), (4), and (5) may be mentioned. It is not limited to this. [化17] 0^, 侦朴Η (7)
HjN I m rt (式(2)中之1、m、n、R3〜R7的定義與上述式(a)相 同) -21 - 201219379 [化 18]HjN I m rt (1, m, n, R3 to R7 in the formula (2) have the same definition as the above formula (a)) -21 - 201219379 [Chem. 18]
(式(3)及式(4)中,A10表示-COO-'-OCO-'-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CH2-、-〇-、-CO-或-NH-,Ah 表示單鍵或者 伸苯基’ a表示上述式(a )所示將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈 爲相同的結構,a ’表示由與上述式(a )所示將液晶配向 呈垂直之側鏈爲相同的結構取出一的氫等元素之結構的二 價基) [化 19](In the formulas (3) and (4), A10 represents -COO-'-OCO-'-CONH-, -NHCO-, -CH2-, -〇-, -CO- or -NH-, and Ah represents a single bond. Or the phenyl group 'a' represents a structure in which the liquid crystal alignment is perpendicular to the side chain shown in the above formula (a), and a 'is the same as the side chain perpendicular to the liquid crystal alignment shown in the above formula (a). The structure takes out a divalent group of the structure of an element such as hydrogen) [Chem. 19]
(式(5)中,A14表示可由氟原子所取代之碳數3〜20的 烷基’ A15表示1,4-環伸己基或1,4-伸苯基,A16表示氧原子 或-COO-* (但,附有「*」之結合鍵係與Al5結合),Al7 表示氧原子或-COO-* (但,附有「*」之結合鍵係與( CH2) a2結合)。又,ai表示0或1的整數,a2表示2〜10的 整數,a3表示0或1的整數) 式(2 )中之二個胺基(-NH2 )之鍵結位置並無限定 。具體可舉出對於側鏈之鍵結基而言,苯環上之2,3的位 置、2,4的位置、2,5的位置、2,6的位置、3,4的位置、3,5 的位置。其中,由合成聚醯胺酸時的反應性觀點來看,以 2,4的位置、2,5的位置或3,5的位置爲佳。另外加上合成二 胺時的容易性時,以2,4的位置或3,5的位置爲較佳。 201219379 作焉 〔A-24〕 式(2)的具體結構,可舉出下述式〔A-1〕〜式 所示二胺,但並未限定於此等。 [化 20](In the formula (5), A14 represents an alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom. A15 represents a 1,4-cyclohexyl group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and A16 represents an oxygen atom or -COO-. * (However, the bond with "*" is combined with Al5), and Al7 represents an oxygen atom or -COO-* (however, the bond with "*" is combined with (CH2) a2). Also, ai An integer representing 0 or 1, a2 represents an integer of 2 to 10, and a3 represents an integer of 0 or 1. The bonding position of the two amine groups (-NH2) in the formula (2) is not limited. Specifically, for the bonding group of the side chain, the position of 2, 3 on the benzene ring, the position of 2, 4, the position of 2, 5, the position of 2, 6, the position of 3, 4, 3, 5 location. Among them, from the viewpoint of reactivity in synthesizing poly-proline, the position of 2, 4, the position of 2, 5, or the position of 3, 5 is preferable. Further, when the ease of synthesizing the diamine is added, the position of 2, 4 or the position of 3, 5 is preferable. [2012] The specific structure of the formula (2) is exemplified by the following formula [A-1] to the formula, but is not limited thereto. [Chem. 20]
(式〔A 有氟之院 -1〕〜式〔A-5〕中,A!爲碳數2〜24的烷基或含 基) [化 21](Formula [A Fluorine Institute -1]~ In the formula [A-5], A! is an alkyl group or a group having a carbon number of 2 to 24) [Chem. 21]
(式〔A -CH20-、 、烷氧基 -6〕及式〔A-7〕中,A2表示-0-' -OCH2-、 -COOCH2-或-CH2OCO-,A3爲碳數1〜22的烷基 、含有氟之院基或含有氟之院氧基) [化 22] (式〔άτονη- 、 -OCH2-或 之烷基或(In the formula [A-CH20-, alkoxy-6] and the formula [A-7], A2 represents -0-'-OCH2-, -COOCH2- or -CH2OCO-, and A3 is a carbon number of 1 to 22. An alkyl group, a hospital containing fluorine or a oxy group containing fluorine) (formula [άτονη-, -OCH2- or an alkyl group or
8〕〜式〔A-10〕中,A4 表示- COO·、-OCO-、 -NHCO-、-COOCH2-、-CH2OCO-、-CH20-、 -CH2-,A5爲碳數1〜22的烷基、院氧基' 含有氟 含有氟之烷氧基) 23- 201219379 [化 23]8]~ In the formula [A-10], A4 represents -COO·, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -COOCH2-, -CH2OCO-, -CH20-, -CH2-, and A5 is an alkane having 1 to 22 carbon atoms. Base, hospital oxygen 'containing alkoxy containing fluorine and fluorine) 23- 201219379 [Chem. 23]
(式〔A-11〕及式〔A-12〕中、A6表示-COO-、-OCO-、 -CONH- ' -NHCO- ' -COOCHz- ' -CH2OCO- ' -CH2O- ' -OCH2·、-CH2-、-O-或- NH-,A7爲氟基、氰基、三氟甲院 基、硝基、偶氮基、甲醯基、乙醯基、乙醯氧基或羥基) [化 24] ΗίΝ^δ°-Ό-00Α· ΗϊΝ^δ°-〇-00Λ. 【〜1句】 CA-14] (式〔Α-13〕及式〔Α-14〕中,Α8爲碳數3〜12的烷基, I,4-環伸己基的順·反異性各爲反式異構物) [化 25](In the formula [A-11] and the formula [A-12], A6 represents -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH- '-NHCO- ' -COOCHz- ' -CH2OCO- ' -CH2O- ' -OCH2·, -CH2-, -O- or -NH-, A7 is a fluorine group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a nitro group, an azo group, a decyl group, an ethyl group, an ethoxy group or a hydroxyl group) 24] ΗίΝ^δ°-Ό-00Α· ΗϊΝ^δ°-〇-00Λ. [~1 sentence] CA-14] (in the formula [Α-13] and [Α-14], Α8 is the carbon number 3 Cis-trans isomers of ~12 alkyl, I,4-cyclohexyl are each a trans isomer) [Chem. 25]
HjN (式〔A-15〕及式〔A-16〕中,A9爲碳數3〜12的烷基, 1,4-環伸己基的順-反異性各爲反式異構物) -24- 201219379 [化 26]HjN (In the formula [A-15] and the formula [A-16], A9 is an alkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and the cis-trans isomer of the 1,4-cyclohexyl group is a trans isomer) -24 - 201219379 [Chem. 26]
作爲式(3 )所示二胺之具體例,可舉出下述式〔A-25〕〜式〔A-30〕所示二胺,但並未限定於此等。 [化 27]Specific examples of the diamine represented by the formula (3) include a diamine represented by the following formula [A-25] to the formula [A-30], but are not limited thereto. [化27]
(式〔A-25〕〜式〔A-30〕中,A12 表示-COO-、-OCO-、 -CONH-、-NHCO-、-CH2-、-0-、-CO-或-NH-,A13 表示碳 數1〜22的烷基或含有氟之烷基) 作爲式(4)所示二胺的具體例,可舉出下述式〔A-31〕〜式〔A-32〕所示二胺,但並未限定於此等。 -25- 201219379(In the formula [A-25] to the formula [A-30], A12 represents -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CH2-, -0-, -CO- or -NH-, A13 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or an alkyl group containing fluorine. Specific examples of the diamine represented by the formula (4) include the following formula [A-31] to formula [A-32]. Diamine, but is not limited to this. -25- 201219379
其中,亦由將液晶配向呈垂直之能力、液晶的應答速 度之觀點來看,以〔A-1〕、〔 A-2〕、〔 A-3〕、〔 A-4〕 、〔A-5〕 、 〔 A-25〕 、 〔 A-26〕 、 〔 A-27〕 、 〔 A-28〕 、〔A-29〕、〔A-30〕的二胺爲佳。 配合上述二胺作爲液晶配向膜時的液晶配向性、傾斜 角、電壓保持特性、存儲電荷等特性,可使用1種類或混 合2種類以上使用。 具有如此將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的二胺使用在聚醯 胺酸之合成所使用的二胺成分的5〜50莫耳%之量爲佳,較 佳爲二胺成分之10〜40莫耳%爲具有將液晶配向呈垂直之 側鏈之二胺,特佳爲1 5〜30莫耳%。具有如此將液晶配向 呈垂直之側鏈的二胺的使用量爲,在聚醯胺酸之合成所使 用的二胺成分的5〜5 0莫耳%量時,應答速度之提高或液晶 的配向固定化能力特優。 作爲具有含有選自甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、乙烯基及桂 皮醯基的至少一種之光反應性的側鏈之二胺,例如可舉出 具有上述式(b )所示側鏈之二胺。更具體可舉出例如下 述一般式(6 )所示二胺,但並未限定於此等。 -26- 201219379 [化 29]Among them, [A-1], [A-2], [A-3], [A-4], [A-5] from the viewpoint of the ability of the liquid crystal alignment to be perpendicular and the response speed of the liquid crystal. The diamines of [A-25], [A-26], [A-27], [A-28], [A-29], [A-30] are preferred. When the diamine is used as the liquid crystal alignment film, the liquid crystal alignment property, the tilt angle, the voltage holding property, and the storage charge can be used in one type or in a mixture of two or more types. The diamine having such a side chain in which the liquid crystal is aligned vertically is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 50 mol% of the diamine component used for the synthesis of the polyamic acid, preferably 10 to 40 mol of the diamine component. The ear % is a diamine having a side chain in which the liquid crystal is aligned vertically, and particularly preferably 15 to 30 mol%. The amount of the diamine having such a side chain in which the liquid crystal is aligned vertically is an increase in the response speed or the alignment of the liquid crystal when the amount of the diamine component used for the synthesis of the polyamic acid is 5 to 50% by mole. Excellent immobilization ability. The diamine having a photoreactive side chain containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a methacryl group, a propylene group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamyl group may, for example, be a diamine having a side chain represented by the above formula (b). . More specifically, for example, a diamine represented by the following general formula (6) is mentioned, but it is not limited thereto. -26- 201219379 [Chem. 29]
R8 — R9_R1。 (6) (式(6)中之R8、R9及11|£)的定義與上述式(b)相同) 式(6)中之二個胺基(-NH2 )的鍵結位置並未限定 。具體可舉出對於側鏈的鍵結基,苯環上之2,3的位置、 2,4的位置、2,5的位置、2,6的位置、3,4的位置、3,5的位 置。其中由合成聚醯胺酸時的反應性觀點來看以2,4的位 置、2,5的位置或3,5的位置爲佳。再加上合成二胺時的容 易性時,以2,4的位置或3,5的位置爲較佳。 作爲具有含有選自甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、乙烯基及桂 皮醯基的至少一種光反應性側鏈的二胺,具體可舉出如以 下之化合物,但並未限定於此等。 [化 30]R8 — R9_R1. (6) The definition of R8, R9 and 11| in the formula (6) is the same as the above formula (b). The bonding position of the two amine groups (-NH2) in the formula (6) is not limited. Specific examples thereof include a bonding group for a side chain, a position of 2, 3 on the benzene ring, a position of 2, 4, a position of 2, 5, a position of 2, 6, a position of 3, 4, and a position of 3, 5. position. Among them, the position of 2, 4, the position of 2, 5 or the position of 3, 5 is preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity in synthesizing polyamic acid. Further, in the case of the ease of synthesizing the diamine, it is preferred to have a position of 2, 4 or a position of 3, 5. The diamine having at least one photoreactive side chain selected from the group consisting of a methacryl group, a propenyl group, a vinyl group and a cinnamyl group may specifically be a compound as described below, but is not limited thereto. [化30]
NHCO-、-NH-的鍵結基,Y表示非取代或由氟原子所取代 之碳數1〜20的伸烷基) -27- 201219379 具有含有選自上述甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、乙烯基及桂 皮醯基的至少一種之光反應性側鏈的二胺,配合作爲液晶 配向膜時的液晶配向性、傾斜角、電壓保持特性、存儲電 荷等特性、作爲液晶顯示元件時的液晶應答速度等,可使 用1種類或混合2種類以上使用。 又,具有含有選自如此甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、乙烯基 及桂皮醯基的至少一種的光反應性側鏈之二胺,其使用量 爲聚醯胺酸之合成所使用的二胺成分之10〜70莫耳%的量 爲佳,較佳爲20〜60莫耳% ’特佳爲30〜50莫耳%。 且,聚醯胺酸僅不會損害本發明的效果下,可將具有 上述將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的二胺’或具有光反應性基 的二胺以外的其他二胺作爲二胺成分倂用。具體而言’例 如可舉出p-伸苯基二胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-P-伸苯基二胺、 2,5-二甲基-P-伸苯基二胺、m —伸苯基二胺、2,心二甲基-m-伸苯基二胺、2,5-二胺基甲苯、2,6-二胺基甲苯、2,5-二胺 基酚、2,4-二胺基酹、3,5-二胺基酚、3,5-二胺基苯甲基醇 、2,4-二胺基苯甲基醇、4,6_二胺基間苯二酚、4,4’-二胺 基聯苯基、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯基、3,3’-二甲氧 基-4,4,-二胺基聯苯基、3,3’-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯基、 3,3,-二羧基_4,4’·二胺基聯苯基、3,3’-二氟-4,4’-聯苯基、 3,3,-三氟甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯基、3,4’-二胺基聯苯基、 3,3,_二胺基聯苯基、2,2’_二胺基聯苯基、2,3’_二胺基聯 苯基、4,4,-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、 3,4,-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,2’·二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,3’- -28 201219379 二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基醚、3,3’-二胺基二 苯基醚、3,4’-二胺基二苯基醚、2,2’-二胺基二苯基醚、 2,3’-二胺基二苯基醚' 4,4’-磺醯基二苯胺、3,3’-磺醯基 二苯胺、雙(4-胺基苯基)矽烷、雙(3-胺基苯基)矽烷 、二甲基-雙(4-胺基苯基)矽烷、二甲基-雙(3-胺基苯 基)矽烷、4,4’-硫二苯胺、3,3’-硫二苯胺、4,4’-二胺基 二苯基胺、3,3’-二胺基二苯基胺、3,4’-二胺基二苯基胺、 2,2’-二胺基二苯基胺、2,3’-二胺基二苯基胺、N-甲基( 4,4’-二胺基二苯基)胺、N-甲基(3,3’-二胺基二苯基)胺 、N-甲基(3,4’_二胺基二苯基)胺、N-甲基(2,2’_二胺基 二苯基)胺、N-甲基(2,3’_二胺基二苯基)胺、4,4’-二胺 基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮 、1,4-二胺基萘基、2,2’-二胺基二苯甲酮、2,3’-二胺基二 苯甲酮、1,5-二胺基萘基、1,6-二胺基萘基、1,7-二胺基萘 基、1,8 -二胺基萘基、2,5-二胺基萘基、2,6二胺基萘基、 2,7-二胺基萘基、2,8-二胺基萘基、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基) 乙烷、1,2-雙(3-胺基苯基)乙烷、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基) 丙烷、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯基)丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基) 丁烷、I,4·雙(3-胺基苯基)丁烷、雙(3,5-二乙基-4-胺 基苯基)甲烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺 基苯氧基)苯、I,4-雙(4_胺基苯基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基 苯基)苯、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯甲基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯 氧基)苯、4,4’-〔 1,4-伸苯基雙(伸甲基)〕二苯胺、 4,4’-〔 1,3-伸苯基雙(伸甲基)〕二苯胺、3,4’-〔 1,4-伸 -29- 201219379 苯基雙(伸甲基)〕二苯胺、3,4’-〔l,3-伸苯基雙(伸甲 基)〕二苯胺、3,3’-〔 1,4-伸苯基雙(伸甲基)〕二苯胺 、3,3’-〔 1,3-伸苯基雙(伸甲基)〕二苯胺、1,4-伸苯基 雙〔(4-胺基苯基)甲酮〕、1,4-伸苯基雙〔(3_胺基苯 基)甲酮〕、1,3-伸苯基雙〔(4-胺基苯基)甲酮〕、 1,3-伸苯基雙〔(3-胺基苯基)甲酮〕、1,4-伸苯基雙(4-胺基苯甲酸酯)、I,4-伸苯基雙(3-胺基苯甲酸酯)、 1,3-伸苯基雙(4-胺基苯甲酸酯)、1,3-伸苯基雙(3-胺基 苯甲酸酯)、雙(4-胺基苯基)對苯二甲酸酯、雙(3-胺 基苯基)對苯二甲酸酯、雙(4-胺基苯基)異苯二甲酸酯 、雙(3-胺基苯基)異苯二甲酸酯、\氺’-(1,4-伸苯基) 雙(4-胺基苯甲醯胺)、N,N’-( 1,3-伸苯基)雙(4-胺基 苯甲醯胺)、N,N’- ( 1,4-伸苯基)雙(3-胺基苯甲醯胺) 、N,N’- ( 1,3-伸苯基)雙(3-胺基苯甲醯胺)、N,N’-雙 (4-胺基苯基)對苯二甲醯胺、Ν,Ν’-雙(3-胺基苯基)對 苯二甲醯胺、Ν,Ν’-雙(4-胺基苯基)異苯二甲醯胺、 Ν,Ν’-雙(3-胺基苯基)異苯二甲醯胺、9,10-雙(4-胺基 苯基)蒽、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)二苯基颯、2,2’-雙〔 4- ( 4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕丙烷、2,2’-雙〔4- ( 4-胺基苯 氧基)苯基〕六氟丙烷、2,2’-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷 、2,2’-雙(3-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2’-雙(3-胺基-4-甲 基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2’-雙(4_胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2’-雙 (3-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2’-雙(3-胺基-4-甲基苯基)丙烷 、3,5-二胺基安息香酸、2,5-二胺基安息香酸、1,3-雙(4- -30- 201219379 胺基苯氧基)丙烷、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)丙烷、n 雙(4 -胺基苯氧基)丁烷、丨,4_雙(3_胺基苯氧基)丁烷 、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)戊烷、15 —雙(3_胺基苯氧基) 戊烷、1,6-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)己烷、匕卜雙(3_胺基苯氧 基)己垸、1,7 -雙(4 -胺基苯氧基)庚院、丨,7_(3_胺基苯 氧基)庚烷、1,8-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)辛烷、丨,8-雙(3_胺 基苯氧基)辛烷' 1,9-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)壬烷、19_雙 (3 -胺基苯氧基)壬烷、ι,ι〇_(;4_胺基苯氧基)癸烷、 1,10-(3 -胺基苯氧基)癸烷、I,〗〗·"·胺基苯氧基)—— 院、1,11-(3-胺基苯氧基)十—烷、ι,12_(4·胺基苯氧基 )十二烷、1,12- (3 -胺基苯氧基)十二烷等芳香族二胺、 雙(4 -胺基環己基)甲院、雙(4_胺基-3-甲基環己基)甲 垸等脂環式二胺、1,3-二胺基丙烷、ι,4-二胺基丁烷、I,5-二胺基戊烷、1,6-二胺基己烷、;ι,7_二胺基庚烷、I,8-二胺 基辛烷、1,9 -二胺基壬烷、l,i〇_二胺基癸烷、ι,11-二胺基 十一烷、1,1 2-二胺基十二烷等脂肪族二胺。 上述其他二胺爲,配合作爲液晶配向膜時的液晶配@ BT傾闲1 性、傾斜角、電壓保持特性、存儲電荷等特性’ 種類或混合2種類以上使用。 _的四翔 在聚醯胺酸之合成中與上述二胺成分進行反 酸二酐並無特別限定。具體可舉出均苯四酸、2’3’6’7 $ < P3錢酸、 基四羧酸、1,2,5,6-萘基四羧酸、1,4,5,8-萘基 ,λ,-聯苯基四 2,3,6,7-蒽四羧酸、1,2,5,6-蒽四羧酸、3,3’,4,4 基) 酸 羧酸、2,3,3’,4-聯苯基四羧酸、雙(3,4_二羧基泽" -31 - 201219379 、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸、雙(3,4-二殘基苯基)颯、 雙(3,4-二竣基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙 烷、1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟- 2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷、雙 (3,4 -二羧基苯基)二甲基矽烷、雙(34二羧基苯基) 二苯基矽烷、2,3,4,5 -吡啶四羧酸、2,6-雙(3,4 -二羧基苯 基)吡啶、3,3’,4,4,-二苯基楓四羧酸、3,4,9,1〇•茈四羧酸 、I,3·二苯基_1,2,3,4_環丁烷四羧酸 '氧二鄰苯二甲基四 羧酸、1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸、丨’2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸、 1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸、1,2,3,4·四甲基-^夂仁環丁烷四 羧酸、I,2-二甲基-I,2,3,4·環丁烷四羧酸、丨,3_二甲基-1,2,3,4 -環丁垸四竣酸、丨,2,3,4 -環庚院四竣酸、2,3,4,5 -四 氫呋喃四羧酸、3,4·二羧基-1-環己基號珀酸、2,3,5_三羧 基環戊基乙酸、3,4-二羧基-12,3,4-四氮-丨_萘基琥珀酸、 雙環〔3,3,0〕辛院-2,4,6,8-四殘酸、雙環〔4,3,0〕壬院· 2,4,7,9-四羧酸、雙環〔4,4,0〕癸烷-2,4,7,9-四羧酸、雙 環〔4,4,0〕癸烷-2,4,8,10-四羧酸、三環〔6.3.0.0<2,6>〕 i 烷-3,5,9,1卜四羧酸、1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸、4-(2,5-二 側氧四氫呋喃-3-基)-i,2,3,4 -四氫萘基-1,2 -二羧酸、雙環 〔2,2,2〕辛-7-稀-2,3,5,6 -四殘酸、5- ( 2,5 -二側氧四氫呋 喃)-3-甲基-3-環己烷-12-二羧酸 '四環〔.〕 十二烷-4,5,9,10-四羧酸' 3,5,6·三羧基降冰片烷_2 : 3,5 : 6 —竣酸、1,2,4,5-環己院四羧酸等。當然配合四羧酸二酐 亦作爲液晶配向膜時的液晶配向性、電壓保持特性、存儲 電荷等特性,可使用1種類或亦可並用2種類以上。 -32- 201219379 藉由二胺成分與四羧酸二酐之反應而得到聚醯胺酸, 可使用公知合成手法。一般而言爲將二胺成分與四羧酸二 酐在有機溶劑中進行反應之方法。二胺成分與四羧酸二酐 之反應在有機溶劑中比較容易進行,且有著不會產生副產 物的優點。 作爲使用於上述反應的有機溶劑,若爲溶解所生成之 聚醯胺酸者即可並無特別限定。且即使爲不溶解聚醯胺酸 之有機溶劑,在不會析出所生成之聚醯胺酸的範圍下,可 混合於上述溶劑後使用。且有機溶劑中之水分會阻礙聚合 反應,且成爲進一步水解所生成之聚醯胺酸的原因,故有 機溶劑使用經脫水乾燥者爲佳。作爲使用於反應之有機溶 劑,例如可舉出N,N -二甲基甲醯胺、N,N_二甲基乙醯胺、 N,N -二乙基甲醯胺、N -甲基甲醯胺、N -甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 、N -乙基-2-吡咯烷酮、2 -吡咯烷酮、i,3 -二甲基-2-咪唑院 酮、3 -甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙烷醯胺、N—甲基己內醯胺、 二甲基亞颯、四甲基脲、吡啶、二甲基颯、六甲基亞颯、 γ-丁內酯、異丙醇、甲氧基甲基戊醇、二戊烯、乙基戊基 酮、甲基壬基酮、甲基乙酮、甲基異戊基酮、甲基異丙酮 、甲基賽路蘇、乙基賽路蘇、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙二醇 二丁醚乙酸酯、乙二醇二乙醚乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇、乙基 卡必醇、乙二醇、乙二醇單乙酸酯、乙二醇單異丙基醚、 乙二醇單丁基醚、丙二醇 '丙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲 基醚、丙二醇單丁基醚、丙二醇-第三丁基醚 '二丙二醇 單甲基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇、二乙二醇 -33- 201219379 單乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基醚、二乙二醇二乙基醚、二丙 二醇單乙酸酯單甲基醚、二丙二醇單甲基醚、:二丙二醇單 乙基醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯單乙基醚、二丙二醇單丙基醚 、二丙二醇單乙酸酯單丙基醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸 酯、三丙二醇甲基醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、二異丙基醚 、乙基異丁基醚、二異丁烯、戊基乙酸酯、丁基丁酸酯、 丁基醚、二異丁酮、甲基環己烯、丙基醚、二己基醚、二 噁烷、η-己烷、η-戊烷、n-辛烷、二乙基醚、環己酮、碳 酸乙二酯、碳酸丙二酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸甲酯 、乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸丙二醇單乙基醚、丙酮酸 甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲 基乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸、3-甲氧基丙 酸、3-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、二甘醇二甲 醚、4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮、2-乙基-1-己醇等。這些有機 溶劑可單獨使用亦可混合後使用。 可舉出將二胺成分與四羧酸二酐成分在有機溶劑中進 行反應時,攪拌將二胺成分分散或溶解於有機溶劑的溶液 ,將四羧酸二酐成分直接或分散或溶解於有機溶劑後添加 的方法、相反地於將四羧酸二酐成分分散若溶解於有機溶 劑的溶液中添加二胺成分的方法、將四羧酸二酐成分與二 胺成分交互添加的方法等,可使用彼等中任一方法。又, 二胺成分或四羧酸二酐成分係由複數種化合物所成時,可 預先爲經混合的狀態下進行反應,或亦可個別順序地進行 反應,將個別進行反應的低分子量體進一步進行混合反應 -34- 201219379 而作爲高分子量體。 將二胺成分與四羧酸二酐成分進行反應時的溫度可選 擇任意溫度,例如爲-20°C〜150°C ’較佳爲-5°C〜100°C的 範圍。又,反應可在任意濃度下進行,例如對於反應液, 二胺成分與四羧酸二酐成分之合計量爲1〜50質量%,較佳 爲5〜3 0質量%。 上述聚合反應中,對於二胺成分之合計莫爾數的四羧 酸二酐成分之合計莫爾數比率,可配合所得之聚醯胺酸的 分子量選擇任意値。與一般聚縮合反應同樣地,該莫耳比 越接近1.0,所生成之聚醯胺酸的分子量變的越大。若要 表示最佳範圍其即爲〇 . 8〜1 . 2。 合成於本發明所使用的聚醯胺酸之方法,並未限定於 上述手法,與一般聚酿胺酸之合成方法同樣地,取代上述 四羧酸二酐,使用對應結構之四羧酸或四羧酸二鹵化物等 四羧酸衍生物,以公知方法進行反應後可得到對應之聚醯 胺酸。 作爲將上述聚醯胺酸經醯亞胺化作爲聚醯亞胺之方法 ,可舉出將聚醯胺酸溶液直接加熱的熱醯亞胺化、於聚醯 胺酸的溶液添加觸媒之觸媒醯亞胺化。且由聚醯胺酸變爲 聚醯亞胺之醯亞胺化率非必要爲1 00%。 將聚醯胺酸在溶液中使其熱醯亞胺化時的溫度爲 100°C〜400°C,較佳爲120°C〜250T:,一邊將藉由醯亞胺 化反應所生成之水排除於系統外,一邊進行爲佳。 聚醯胺酸的觸媒醯亞胺化爲可於聚醯胺酸的溶液中添 -35- 201219379 加鹼性觸媒與酸酐,在-20〜25 0°C ’較佳爲在〇 攪拌而進行。鹼性觸媒的量爲醯胺酸基之〇·5〜 ,較佳爲2〜20莫耳倍’酸酐的量爲醯胺酸基之1 倍,較佳爲3〜3 0莫耳倍。作爲鹼性觸媒’可舉 三乙胺、三甲胺、三丁胺、三辛胺等,其中亦以 進行反應時持有適度鹼性故較佳。作爲酸酐’可 酐、偏苯三甲酸酐、均苯四甲酸二酐等,其中使 時,反應終了後的純化變的容易故較佳。藉由觸 化之醯亞胺化率,可藉由調節觸媒量與反應溫度 間而控制。 又,聚醯胺酸酯係可藉由將四羧酸二酯二氯 與上述聚醯胺酸合成的相同二胺之反應、或將四 與與上述聚醯胺酸合成的相同二胺,在適當縮合 在下等進行反應後製造。或在上述方法中預先合 酸,利用高分子反應,將醯胺酸中的羧酸進行酯 得。具體而言,例如將四羧酸二酯二氯化物與二 有機溶劑的存在下,於-20 °C〜150 °C,較佳爲於 中,進行30分鐘〜24小時,較佳爲1小時〜4小時 可合成聚醯胺酸酯。而將聚醯胺酸酯在高溫加熱 醇而使其閉環後可得到聚醯亞胺。 由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯等聚醯亞胺前驅物 胺的反應溶液中,回收所生成之聚醯胺酸、聚醯 聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺時,將反應溶液投入 使其沈澱即可。作爲使用於沈澱之弱溶劑,可舉 〜1 8 0 〇C下 30莫耳倍 〜50莫耳 出咀啶、 吡啶因在 舉出乙酸 用乙酸酐 媒醯亞胺 、反應時 化物、與 羧酸二酯 劑或鹼存 成聚醯胺 化亦可獲 胺在鹼與 0 eC 〜5 0 〇C 的反應後 ,促進脫 或聚醯亞 胺酸酯等 於弱溶劑 出甲醇、 -36- 201219379 丙酮、己烷、乙二醇二丁醚、庚烷、甲基乙酮、甲基異丁 酮、乙醇、甲苯、苯、水等。投入於弱溶劑並使其沈澱的 聚合物經過濾並回收後,在常壓或減壓下,可在常溫或經 加熱下乾燥。又,將經沈澱回收的聚合物再次溶解於有機 溶劑,再沈澱回收之操作重複2〜10次時,可使聚合物中 之雜質變少。作爲此時的弱溶劑,例如可舉出醇類、酮類 、烴等,使用選自彼等內的3種類以上的弱溶劑時,可進 一步提高純化效率故較佳。 本發明的液晶配向劑,如上述其爲具有以下聚合物、 聚合性化合物、與溶劑者即可,該聚合物爲選自具有含有 將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈、與選自甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、 乙烯基及桂皮醯基的至少一種的光反應性側鏈之聚醯亞胺 前驅物、及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物經醯亞胺化所得之聚醯亞 胺的至少一種之聚合物,該聚合性化合物爲於2個以上的 末端上各具有進行光聚合或光交聯之基的聚合性化合物, 該配合比率雖無特別限定,於2個以上的末端上各具有進 行光聚合或光交聯之基的聚合性化合物之含有量,對於選 自具有含有將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈、與選自甲基丙烯基 、丙烯基、乙烯基及桂皮醯基的至少一種之光反應性側鏈 的聚醯亞胺前驅物、及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物經醯亞胺化所 得之聚醯亞胺的至少一種聚合物100質量份而言,以1〜50 質量份爲佳,以5〜30質量份爲更佳。又,選自含有具有 含於液晶配向劑之將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈、與選自甲基 丙烯基、丙烯基、乙烯基及桂皮醯基的至少一種之光反應 -37- 201219379 性側鏈的聚醯亞胺前驅物、及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物經醯亞 胺化所得之聚醯亞胺的至少一種聚合物之含有量以1質量% 〜2 0質量%爲佳,較佳爲3質量%〜15質量%,特佳爲3質量 %〜1 0質量%。 又,本發明的液晶配向劑爲可含有除以下聚合物之其 他聚合物,該聚合物選自具有含有將液晶配向呈垂直之側 鏈、與選自甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、乙烯基及桂皮醯基的至 少一種的光反應性側鏈的聚醯亞胺前驅物、及將該聚醯亞 胺前驅物經醯亞胺化所得之聚醯亞胺的至少一種聚合物。 此時,聚合物全成分中該其他聚合物的含有量以0.5質量% 〜1 5質量%爲佳,較佳爲1質量%〜1 0質量% » 具有液晶配向劑之聚合物的分子量若考慮到塗佈液晶 配向劑所得之液晶配向膜的強度及塗膜形成時之作業性、 塗膜之均勻性時,以 GPC ( Gel Permeation Chromatography )法所測定之重量平均分子量以5,000〜 1,000,000爲佳,較佳爲 1〇,〇〇〇 〜150,000。 液晶配向劑所含有之溶劑並無特別限定,可溶解下述 聚合物或聚合性化合物等含有成分即可,該聚合性化合物 爲,選自具有上述將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈、與含有選自 甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、乙烯基及桂皮醯基的至少一種之光 反應性側鏈的聚醯亞胺前驅物、及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物經 醯亞胺化所得之聚醯亞胺的至少一種聚合物、或於2個以 上末端上各具有進行光聚合或光交聯之基的聚合性化合物 。例如可舉出如上述聚醯胺酸之合成所例示之有機溶劑。 38- 201219379 其中亦以N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、γ-丁內酯、N-乙基-2-吡咯 烷酮、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑烷酮、3·甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙烷 醯胺由溶解性的觀點來看爲佳。當然亦可使用2種類以上 之混合溶劑。 又,將提高塗膜均勻性或平滑性之溶劑,混合於液晶 配向劑之含有成分的溶解性高的溶劑後使用爲佳。作爲提 高塗膜的均勻性或平滑性的溶劑,例如可舉出異丙醇、甲 氧基甲基戊醇、甲基賽路蘇、乙二醇二乙醚、乙二醇二丁 醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙二醇二丁醚乙酸酯、乙二醇二 乙醚乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、乙基卡必醇乙酸 酯、乙二醇、乙二醇單乙酸酯、乙二醇單異丙基醚、乙二 醇單丁基醚、丙二醇、丙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲基醚 、丙二醇單丁基醚、丙二醇-第三丁基醚、二丙二醇單甲 基醚、二乙二醇、二乙二醇單乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基醚 、二乙二醇二乙基醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯單甲基醚、二丙 二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單乙基 醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯單乙基醚、二丙二醇單丙基醚、二 丙二醇單乙酸酯單丙基醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、 三丙二醇甲基醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、二異丙基醚、乙 基異丁基醚、二異丁烯、戊基乙酸酯、丁基丁酸酯、丁基 醚、二異丁酮、甲基環己烯、丙基醚、二己基醚、η-己烷 、η-戊烷、η-辛烷、二乙基醚、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乙 酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸丙二醇單乙基醚、 丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基 -39- 201219379 丙酸甲基乙酯、3 -甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸、3 -甲 氧基丙酸、3 -甲氧基丙酸丙酯' 3 -甲氧基丙酸丁酯、1-甲 氧基-2-丙醇、1-乙氧基-2-丙醇、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、1-苯 氧基-2-丙醇、丙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇二乙酸酯、丙二 醇-1-單甲基醚-2-乙酸酯、丙二醇-1-單乙基醚-2-乙酸酯、 二丙二醇、2-(2 -乙氧基丙氧基)丙醇、乳酸甲酯酯、乳 酸乙酯酯、乳酸η-丙基酯、乳酸n-丁基酯、乳酸異戊酯、 2-乙基-1-己醇等。這些溶劑可混合複數種類。使用這些溶 劑時,含於液晶配向劑之溶劑全體的5〜80質量%爲佳,更 佳爲20〜60質量%。 於液晶配向劑可含有上述以外的成分。作爲該例子, 可舉出提高塗佈液晶配向劑時的膜厚均勻性或表面平滑性 之化合物、提高液晶配向膜與基板之密著性的化合物等。 作爲提高膜厚均勻性或表面平滑性之化合物,可舉出 氟系界面活性劑、聚矽氧系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活 性劑等。更具體例如可舉出Eftop EF301、EF3 03、EF3 52 (TOHKEM PRODUCTS CORP 製)、Megafac F171、F173 、R-30(大曰本油墨公司製)、Fluorad FC430、FC431 ( 住友 3M公司製)、Asahiguard AG710、SurflonS-382、 SC101、SC102 > SC103、SC 104 ' SCI 05 ' SC106(旭硝子 公司製)等。使用這些界面活性劑時,該使用比率對於含 於液晶配向劑之聚合物總量100質量份而言,較佳爲0.01 〜2質量份,更佳爲0.01〜1質量份》 作爲提高液晶配向膜與基板之密著性的化合物之具體 -40- 201219379 例,可舉出含有官能性矽烷之化合物或含有環氧基之化合 物等。例如可舉出3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基 三乙氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三 乙氧基矽烷、N- (2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷 、N- (2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-醯 脲丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-醯脲丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-乙氧 基羰基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-乙氧基羰基-3-胺基 丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-三乙氧基矽基丙基三伸乙基三胺、 N-三甲氧基矽基丙基三伸乙基三胺、10-三甲氧基矽基-1,4,7-三氮雜癸烷、10-三乙氧基矽基-1,4,7-三氮雜癸烷、 9-三甲氧基矽基-3,6-二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、9-三乙氧基矽基-3,6-二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、N-苯甲基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽 烷、N-苯甲基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-苯基-3-胺基 丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-苯g-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、 N-雙(氧基伸乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-雙( 氧基伸乙基)-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷 '乙二醇二氧化丙 烯醚、聚乙二醇二氧化丙烯醚、丙二醇二氧化丙烯醚、三 丙二醇二氧化丙烯醚、聚丙二醇二氧化丙烯醚、新戊二醇 二氧化丙烯醚、1,6 -己二醇二氧化丙烯醚、甘油二氧化丙 烯醚、2,2-二溴新戊二醇二氧化丙烯醚、I,3,5,6·四氧化丙 烯基-2,4-己二醇、N,N,N’,N’-四'氧化丙烯基-間二甲苯二胺 、1,3 -雙(N,N-二氧化丙烯基胺基甲基)環己烷、 N,N,N,,N,-四氧化丙烯基-4' 4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3-( N -嫌丙基-N -氧化丙嫌基)胺基丙基三甲氧基砂院、3_ ( • 41 - 201219379 N,N-二氧化丙烯基)胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等。又,欲進 一步提高液晶配向膜的膜強度,可添加2,2’ -雙(4 -羥基-3,5-.二羥基甲基苯基)丙烷、四(甲氧基甲基)雙酚等酚 化合物。使用這些化合物時,對於液晶配向劑中所含有之 聚合物的總量100質量份而言,以0.1〜30質量份爲佳,較 佳爲1〜2 0質量份。 且,於液晶配向劑若不損害本發明的效果之範圍內, 可添加上述其他以變化液晶配向膜的介電率或導電性等電 氣特性爲目的之介電體或導電物質。 藉由將該液晶配向劑塗佈於基板上並燒成後可形成將 液晶配向呈垂直之液晶配向膜。本發明的液晶配向劑因具 有下述聚合物與聚合性化合物,故可加速使用所得之液晶 配向膜的液晶顯示元件的應答速度。該聚合物爲至少一種 選自具有將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈、與含有選自甲基丙烯 基、丙烧基、乙嫌基友桂皮醯基的至少一種光反應性側鏈 之聚醯亞胺前驅物、及將該聚醯亞胺前驅物經醯亞胺化所 得之聚醯亞胺的至少一種聚合物,該聚合性化合物爲於2 個以上的末端上各具有進行光聚合或光交聯之基者。 例如將本發明的液晶配向劑塗佈於基板後,視必要經 乾燥並進行燒成後所得之硬化膜,可直接作爲液晶配向膜 使用。又,可摩擦該硬化膜,或照射偏光或特定波長之光 等,或進行離子束等處理,亦可作爲PSΑ用配向膜於液晶 塡充後的液晶顯示元件外加電壓的狀態下照射UV。特別 可作爲PSA用配向膜使用。 -42- 201219379 此時’作爲所使用的基板’若爲透明性高的基板即可 ’並無特別限定’可使用玻璃板、聚碳酸酯、聚(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、聚醚颯、聚芳酯、聚胺酯'聚颯、聚醚、聚醚 酮'三甲基戊烯、聚烯烴、聚乙烯對苯二甲酸酯、(甲基 )丙烯腈、三乙酸纖維素、二乙酸纖維素、乙酸酯丁酸酯 纖維素等塑質基板等。又’使用形成欲使其液晶驅動的 ITO電極等的基板時,由製程的簡單化之觀點來看爲佳。 又’若在反射型液晶顯示元件中僅爲單側基板,亦可使用 矽晶圓等不透明物,此時的電極可使用反射鋁等光之材料 〇 液晶配向劑的塗佈方法並無特別限定,可舉出網版印 刷、柯式印刷、揉版印刷等印刷法、噴射法、噴射法、輥 塗佈法或浸漬、輥塗佈、縫隙塗佈、旋轉塗佈器等。由生 產性層面來看’工業上廣泛使用轉印印刷法。亦適用於本 發明。 以上述方法塗佈液晶配向劑所形成之塗膜可經燒成後 成爲硬化膜。塗佈液晶配向劑後之乾燥步驟,雖非必要, 但塗佈後至燒成的時間對於每基板而言並非一定之情況或 塗佈後未馬上燒成時,進行乾燥步驟爲佳。該乾燥爲基板 的搬送等不會使塗膜形狀變形的程度下除去溶劑即可,對 於該乾燥手段並無特別限定。例如可舉出在溫度40°C〜 15 0°C,較佳爲60°C〜100°C的加熱板上,進行〇·5分鐘〜30 分鐘,較佳爲1分鐘〜5分鐘乾燥之方法。 藉由塗佈液晶配向劑所形成的塗膜之燒成溫度並無限 -43- 201219379 定,例如可在100〜3 5 0°c之任意溫度下進行,較佳爲120°c 〜300t,更佳爲150°C〜250°C。可在燒成時間爲5分鐘〜 240分鐘的任意時間下進行燒成》較佳爲10分鐘〜90分鐘 ,更佳爲20分鐘〜90分鐘。加熱可使用一般公知方法,例 如可使用加熱板、熱風循環爐、紅外線爐等進行。 又,燒成所得之液晶配向膜的厚度並無特別限定,較 佳爲5〜300nm,更佳爲1〇〜l〇〇nm。 而本發明的液晶顯示元件可藉由上述方法,於基板形 成液晶配向膜後,以公知方法製作晶胞。作爲液晶顯示元 件的具體例,係爲具備具有配置成相對方向向的2片基板 、設置於基板間之液晶層、基板與液晶層之間所設置的藉 由本發明的液晶配向劑所形成之上述液晶配向膜的晶胞之 垂直配向方式液晶顯示元件。具體而言,將本發明的液晶 配向劑塗佈於2片基板上並燒成後形成液晶配向膜,將2片 基板配置成液晶配向膜爲相對方向,於該2片基板之間挾 持以液晶構成之液晶層,即,使其於液晶配向膜接觸後設 置液晶層’具備於液晶配向膜及液晶層一邊外加電壓一邊 照射紫外線所製作之晶胞的垂直配向方式液晶顯示元件。 使用藉由如此本發明的液晶配向劑所形成之液晶配向膜, 於液晶配向膜及液晶層一邊外加電壓一邊照射紫外線,使 聚合性化合物進行聚合的同時,藉由聚合物所具有之光反 應性側鏈彼此’或聚合物所具有的光反應性側鏈與聚合性 化合物進行反應,可更有效率地使液晶的配向固定化,成 爲應答速度顯著優良的液晶顯示元件* -44 - 201219379 作爲使用本發明的液晶顯示元件之基板,若爲透明性 高之基板即可並無特別限定,一般爲於基板上形成欲使液 晶驅動的透明電極之基板。作爲具體例,可舉出與在上述 液晶配向膜所記載之相同基板。雖可使用過去設有電極圖 型或突起圖型之基板,對於本發明的液晶顯示元件’作爲 形成液晶配向膜之液晶配向劑,因使用上述本發明的液晶 配向劑,於單側基板上形成例如1至1 Ομιη的線/縫隙電極圖 型,對於相對方向基板上未形成縫隙圖型或突起圖型之結 構亦可作用,藉由該結構之液晶顯示元件,可簡略化製造 時的製程而得到高透過率。 又,對於如TFT型之元件的高功能元件,使用於欲液 晶驅動的電極與基板之間形成如晶體管之元件者。 透過型液晶顯示元件之情況爲,一般使用如上述之基 板,在反射型液晶顯示元件中,若僅爲單側基板亦可使用 矽晶圓等不透明基板。此時,形成於基板之電極中,可使 用可反射光之如鋁的材料。 液晶配向膜係由於該基板上塗佈本發明的液晶配向劑 後經燒成而形成者,詳細內容如上述。 構成本發明之液晶顯示元件的液晶層之液晶材料並無 特別限定,可使用過去垂直配向方式所使用之液晶材料, 例如可使用莫克公司製的MLC-6608或MLC-6609等負型液 晶。 作爲將該液晶層挾持於2片基板之間的方法,可舉出 公知方法。例如準備形成液晶配向膜之1對基板,於一方 -45- 201219379 基板的液晶配向膜上散佈珠子等間隔物,貼合另一方基板 使液晶配向膜所形成之面成爲內側,將液晶經減壓注入後 封止的方法可舉出。又,準備液晶配向膜所形成之!對基 板,於一方基板的液晶配向膜上散佈珠子等間隔物後滴A 液晶,其後貼合另一方基板使液晶配向膜所形成之面成爲 內側後進行封止之方法亦可製作晶胞。此時的間隔物厚度 較佳爲1〜30μιη,更佳爲2〜ΙΟμπι。 於液晶配向膜及液晶層一邊外加電壓一邊照射紫外線 而製造晶胞的步驟爲,例如可舉出於基板上所設置之電極 間輸入電壓後於液晶配向膜及液晶層外加電場,保持該電 場下照射紫外線之方法。其中,於電極間輸入的電壓例如 爲5〜30Vp-p,較佳爲5〜20Vp-p。紫外線的照射量例如爲 1〜60J ’較佳爲40J以下,紫外線照射量越少構成液晶顯 示元件之構件的破壊所產生的信頼性低下會受到抑制,且 藉由減少紫外線照射時間可提高製造效率故較佳。 如此’於液晶配向膜及液晶層一邊外加電壓一邊照射 紫外線時,聚合性化合物會反應而形成聚合物,藉由該聚 合物’液晶分子的傾斜方向被記憶,可加速所得之液晶顯 示元件的應答速度。又,於液晶配向膜及液晶層一邊外加 電壓一邊照射紫外線時,選自具有液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈 、與含有選自甲基丙烯基、丙烯基、乙烯基及桂皮醯基的 至少一種之光反應性側鏈的聚醯亞胺前驅物、及將該聚醯 亞胺前驅物經醯亞胺化所得之聚醯亞胺的至少一種聚合物 所具有的光反應性側鏈彼此、或聚合物所具有的光反應性 -46- 201219379 側鏈與聚合性化合物之反應上’可加速所得之液晶顯示元 件的應答速度。 又,上述液晶配向劑不僅可作爲製造PSA型液晶顯示 器或SC-PVA型液晶顯示器等垂直配向方式的液晶顯示元 件之液晶配向劑爲有用’亦可在藉由摩擦處理或光配向處 理所製作之液晶配向膜的用途上適用。 【實施方式】 [實施例] 以下舉出實施例及比較例,更詳細說明本發明,但本 發明內'容並未限定於此等實施例。 <聚合性化合物> (聚合性化合物(RM 1 )之合成) 於附有冷卻管之300ml茄形燒瓶中加入4,4’-聯苯基二 羧基醛5.0g ( 23.8mmol ) 、2 -(溴甲基)丙烯酸7.9 g ( 47.6mmol ) 、10% 鹽酸(aq ) 3 3 ml、四氫呋喃(THF ) 100ml、氯化錫(II) 9.5g(50mmol)作爲混合物,在7〇。〇 進行20小時攪拌使其反應。反應終了後,將反應液注入於 純水300ml,得到白色固體。分離所得之固體,以再結晶 (己烷/氯仿=2/1)進行純化後,得到白色固體3.5g。該 固體以NMR進行測定結果,確認該白色固體爲目的之下述 反應式所示聚合性化合物(RM1 )。產率爲72%。 'H-NMR ( CDC13) δ : 2.99 ( m, 2H) ,3.42 ( m,2H) -47- 201219379 » 5.60 ( m, 2H ) * 5.74 (m, 2H) ' 6.36 ( m, 2H) 1 7.42 (m, 4H ) > 7.60 ( m, 4H )。 [化 31]a bonding group of NHCO-, -NH-, Y represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which are unsubstituted or substituted by a fluorine atom) -27-201219379 having a methacryl group, a propylene group, an ethylene group selected from the above The diamine of the photoreactive side chain of at least one of the base and the cinnamyl thiol group, and the liquid crystal alignment property, the tilt angle, the voltage holding property, the storage charge, and the like when used as a liquid crystal alignment film, and the liquid crystal response speed when used as a liquid crystal display element For example, one type or a mixture of two types or more can be used. Further, it has a diamine containing a photoreactive side chain selected from at least one of a methacryl group, a propylene group, a vinyl group and a cinnamyl group, and is used in a diamine component used for the synthesis of polylysine. The amount of 10 to 70 mol% is preferably, preferably 20 to 60 mol%, and particularly preferably 30 to 50 mol%. Further, the polyamine can be used as the diamine component other than the diamine having the above-mentioned side chain of the liquid crystal alignment or the diamine having a photoreactive group, without impairing the effects of the present invention. Use. Specifically, 'p-phenylenediamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-P-phenylenediamine, 2,5-dimethyl-P-phenylene Amine, m-phenylenediamine, 2, dimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, 2,5-diaminotoluene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 2,5-diamino Phenol, 2,4-diaminoguanidine, 3,5-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 2,4-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 4,6-diamine Resorcinol, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4 ,4,-Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3,-dicarboxy-4,4'diaminobiphenyl , 3,3'-difluoro-4,4'-biphenyl, 3,3,-trifluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,4'-diaminobiphenyl , 3,3,-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4,-diaminodiphenylmethane , 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4,-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,2'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,3'--28 201219379 diamine Diphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,3'-diaminodiphenyl Ether '4,4'-sulfonyldiphenylamine, 3,3'-sulfonyldiphenylamine, bis(4-aminophenyl)decane, bis(3-aminophenyl)decane, dimethyl- Bis(4-aminophenyl)decane, dimethyl-bis(3-aminophenyl)decane, 4,4'-thiodiphenylamine, 3,3'-thiodiphenylamine, 4,4'-di Aminodiphenylamine, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylamine, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,2'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,3' -diaminodiphenylamine, N-methyl(4,4'-diaminodiphenyl)amine, N-methyl(3,3'-diaminodiphenyl)amine, N-A (3,4'-diaminodiphenyl)amine, N-methyl(2,2'-diaminodiphenyl)amine, N-methyl (2,3'-diaminodiphenyl) Amine, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 1,4-diamine Naphthyl, 2,2'-diaminobenzophenone, 2,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 1,5-diaminonaphthyl, 1,6-diaminonaphthyl, 1 , 7- Aminonaphthyl, 1,8-diaminonaphthyl, 2,5-diaminonaphthyl, 2,6-diaminonaphthyl, 2,7-diaminonaphthyl, 2,8-diamine Naphthyl, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, 1,2-bis(3-aminophenyl)ethane, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane , 1,3-bis(3-aminophenyl)propane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)butane, I,4·bis(3-aminophenyl)butane, double ( 3,5-Diethyl-4-aminophenyl)methane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, I , 4-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminobenzyl)benzene, 1,3-double (4-Aminophenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-[1,4-phenylenebis(methyl)diphenylamine, 4,4'-[1,3-phenylene double Methyl)]diphenylamine, 3,4'-[ 1,4-Extension -29- 201219379 Phenyl bis(methyl)diphenylamine, 3,4'-[l,3-phenylene bis(... Methyl)]diphenylamine, 3,3'-[1,4-phenylenebis(methyl)diphenylamine, 3,3'-[1,3-phenylenebis(methyl) Diphenylamine, 1,4-stretch Bis[(4-aminophenyl)methanone], 1,4-phenylene bis[(3-aminophenyl)methanone], 1,3-phenylene bis[(4-amino) Phenyl) ketone], 1,3-phenylene bis[(3-aminophenyl)methanone], 1,4-phenylphenylbis(4-aminobenzoate), I,4 - phenyl bis(3-aminobenzoate), 1,3-phenylene bis(4-aminobenzoate), 1,3-phenylene bis(3-aminobenzoate) Acid ester), bis(4-aminophenyl)terephthalate, bis(3-aminophenyl)terephthalate, bis(4-aminophenyl)isophthalic acid Ester, bis(3-aminophenyl)isophthalate, \氺'-(1,4-phenylene) bis(4-aminobenzamide), N,N'-( 1 , 3-phenylene) bis(4-aminobenzamide), N,N'-(1,4-phenylene)bis(3-aminobenzamide), N,N'- (1,3-phenylene) bis(3-aminobenzamide), N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)terephthalamide, hydrazine, Ν'-double (3 -aminophenyl)terephthalamide, hydrazine, Ν'-bis(4-aminophenyl)isophthalamide, hydrazine, Ν'-bis(3-aminobenzene Isophthalamide, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)diphenylanthracene, 2,2'-double 4-(4-Aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis(4- Aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis(3-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis(3-amino-4-methylphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2'-bis(3-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2'-bis(3-amino-4-methylphenyl) ) propane, 3,5-diamino benzoic acid, 2,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 1,3-bis(4--30-201219379 aminophenoxy)propane, 1,3-double (3) -aminophenoxy)propane, n-bis(4-aminophenoxy)butane, anthracene, 4-bis(3-aminophenoxy)butane, 1,5-bis(4-amine Phenoxy)pentane, 15-bis(3-aminophenoxy)pentane, 1,6-bis(4-aminophenoxy)hexane, bismuth (3-aminophenoxy)垸, 1,7-bis(4-aminophenoxy)gum, hydrazine, 7-(3-aminophenoxy)heptane, 1,8-bis(4-amine Octyloxy)octane, anthracene, 8-bis(3-aminophenoxy)octane' 1,9-bis(4-aminophenoxy)decane, 19-bis(3-amino group Phenoxy)decane, iota, ι〇_(;4_aminophenoxy)decane, 1,10-(3-aminophenoxy)decane, I,〗 〖" Phenoxy group) - Institute, 1,11-(3-aminophenoxy)decane, iota, 12-(4.aminophenoxy)dodecane, 1,12-(3-amine An aromatic diamine such as phenoxy)dodecane, an alicyclic diamine such as bis(4-aminocyclohexyl)methine or bis(4-amino-3-methylcyclohexyl)carboxamidine, 1 , 3-diaminopropane, iota, diaminobutane, I,5-diaminopentane, 1,6-diaminohexane, iota, 7-diaminoheptane, I , 8-diaminooctane, 1,9-diaminodecane, l,i-diaminodecane, iota,11-diaminoundecane, 1,1 2-diamine An aliphatic diamine such as dioxane. The above-mentioned other diamines are used in combination with two or more types of liquid crystals, such as a liquid crystal alignment film, a tilting angle, a voltage holding property, and a storage charge. The tetrahydrous dianhydride is not particularly limited in its synthesis with polyamine. Specific examples thereof include pyromellitic acid and 2'3'6'7 $ < P3 acid, tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-naphthyltetracarboxylic acid, 1,4,5,8-naphthyl, λ,-biphenyltetra-2,3,6,7 - indole tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-nonanetetracarboxylic acid, 3,3',4,4yl) acid carboxylic acid, 2,3,3',4-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, double (3,4_Dicarboxyze " -31 - 201219379 , 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, bis(3,4-di residuephenyl)anthracene, double (3 , 4-dimercaptophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2,2-bis(3 , 4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)dimethyloxane, bis(34-dicarboxyphenyl)diphenylnonane, 2,3,4,5-pyridinetetracarboxylic acid Acid, 2,6-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)pyridine, 3,3',4,4,-diphenylfengtetracarboxylic acid, 3,4,9,1〇•茈tetracarboxylic acid , I,3·diphenyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid 'oxydi-phthalic acid, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid,丨'2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4·tetramethyl-perylene cyclobutane tetracarboxylate Acid, I,2-dimethyl-I,2,3,4·cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid, hydrazine, 3-dimethyl- 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetradecanoic acid, hydrazine, 2,3,4-cyclohine tetradecanoic acid, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofuran tetracarboxylic acid, 3,4·dicarboxy- 1-cyclohexyl crotonic acid, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid, 3,4-dicarboxy-12,3,4-tetrazo-indole-naphthyl succinic acid, bicyclo[3,3, 0〕Xinyuan-2,4,6,8-tetraresidic acid, bicyclo[4,3,0] brothel · 2,4,7,9-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[4,4,0]decane -2,4,7,9-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[4,4,0]nonane-2,4,8,10-tetracarboxylic acid, tricyclo[6.3.0.0 <2,6>] i-alkane-3,5,9,1-tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid, 4-(2,5-di-side oxytetrahydrofuran-3- -i,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, bicyclo[2,2,2]oct-7-thin-2,3,5,6-tetraresidic acid, 5-(2,5-di-side oxytetrahydrofuran)-3-methyl-3-cyclohexane-12-dicarboxylic acid 'tetracyclo[.] dodecane-4,5,9,10-tetracarboxylic acid '3,5,6·Tricarboxynorbornane_2 : 3,5 : 6 —decanoic acid, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanyltetracarboxylic acid, and the like. Of course, it is possible to use one type or two or more types in combination with the characteristics of liquid crystal alignment, voltage retention characteristics, and storage charge when the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is used as the liquid crystal alignment film. -32- 201219379 A polyamic acid is obtained by a reaction of a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and a well-known synthetic method can be used. In general, it is a method of reacting a diamine component with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride in an organic solvent. The reaction of the diamine component with the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is relatively easy to carry out in an organic solvent, and has an advantage that no by-products are produced. The organic solvent to be used in the above reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is a polylysine which is produced by dissolution. Further, even if it is an organic solvent which does not dissolve polyamic acid, it can be used after being mixed with the above solvent in the range in which the produced polyamic acid is not precipitated. Further, the water in the organic solvent hinders the polymerization reaction and becomes a cause of further hydrolysis of the produced polyamic acid. Therefore, it is preferred that the organic solvent is dried by dehydration. Examples of the organic solvent used in the reaction include N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-diethylformamide, and N-methylmethyl. Indoleamine, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidone, i,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolium, 3-methoxy-N,N-di Methylpropane decylamine, N-methyl caprolactam, dimethyl hydrazine, tetramethyl urea, pyridine, dimethyl hydrazine, hexamethylarylene, γ-butyrolactone, isopropanol, A Oxymethylpentanol, dipentene, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl decyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropanone, methyl sarsulu, ethyl 赛路Sue, methyl sarbuta acetate, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol diethyl ether acetate, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol Acetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol 'propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol-tertiary butyl ether' Propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol , diethylene glycol-33- 201219379 monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, : dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl B Acid ester, tripropylene glycol methyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, diisobutylene, pentyl acetate, butyl butyrate, Butyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, methyl cyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl ether, dioxane, η-hexane, η-pentane, n-octane, diethyl ether, cyclohexanone , ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, 3 Methyl methoxypropionate, methyl ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, 3-methyl Propyl oxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, two Glyme, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, and the like. These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination. When the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component are reacted in an organic solvent, a solution in which the diamine component is dispersed or dissolved in an organic solvent is stirred, and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component is directly dispersed or dissolved in the organic solvent. a method of adding a solvent afterwards, a method of adding a diamine component by dissolving a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component in a solution dissolved in an organic solvent, or a method of mutually adding a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and a diamine component, etc. Use any of these methods. Further, when the diamine component or the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component is formed of a plurality of compounds, the reaction may be carried out in a mixed state in advance, or the reaction may be carried out in an individual order, and the low molecular weight body which is individually reacted may be further The mixed reaction -34 - 201219379 was carried out as a high molecular weight body. The temperature at which the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component are reacted may be any temperature, and is, for example, -20 ° C to 150 ° C', preferably -5 ° C to 100 ° C. Further, the reaction can be carried out at any concentration. For example, the total amount of the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component in the reaction liquid is 1 to 50% by mass, preferably 5 to 30% by mass. In the above polymerization reaction, the molar ratio of the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride component to the total number of moles of the diamine component can be selected in accordance with the molecular weight of the obtained polyamic acid. As in the case of the general polycondensation reaction, the closer the molar ratio is to 1.0, the larger the molecular weight of the produced polyamine. To indicate the best range, it is 〇. 8~1. 2. The method for synthesizing the polyamic acid used in the present invention is not limited to the above method, and in the same manner as the general method for synthesizing poly-branched acid, a tetracarboxylic acid or a tetracarboxylic acid having a corresponding structure is used instead of the above tetracarboxylic dianhydride. A tetracarboxylic acid derivative such as a carboxylic acid dihalide can be reacted by a known method to obtain a corresponding polyamine. As a method of imidating the above polyamic acid with ruthenium as a polyimine, a hydrazine imidization in which a poly phthalic acid solution is directly heated and a catalyst in a solution of a poly phthalic acid are added Media imidization. Further, the imidization ratio of polyaminic acid to polyimine is not necessarily 100%. The temperature at which the polyaminic acid is thermally imidized in a solution is from 100 ° C to 400 ° C, preferably from 120 ° C to 250 T: while the water formed by the hydrazine imidization reaction Excluded from the outside of the system, it is better to carry out. The catalyst of lysine is imidized to a solution of poly-proline. -35-201219379 plus alkaline catalyst and anhydride, at -20~25 0 ° C, preferably stirred in hydrazine get on. The amount of the basic catalyst is 醯·5~, preferably 2 to 20 moles of anhydride of the phthalic acid group, and the amount of the anhydride is 1 time, preferably 3 to 30 moles. The basic catalyst ′ may, for example, be triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine or trioctylamine. Among them, it is preferred to carry moderate alkalinity in the reaction. As the acid anhydride, anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride or the like, it is preferred that the purification after completion of the reaction is facilitated. The imidization rate by thixotropic oxime can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst and the reaction temperature. Further, the polyphthalamide may be obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride with the same diamine synthesized by the above polyamic acid or by reacting the same with the same diamine synthesized with the above polyamic acid. The appropriate condensation is carried out after the reaction is carried out in the next step. Alternatively, the acid may be acidified in advance in the above method, and the carboxylic acid in the lysine may be esterified by a polymer reaction. Specifically, for example, in the presence of a tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride and a diorganic solvent, at -20 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably in the middle, for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 hour. Polyamine amide can be synthesized in ~4 hours. Polypyridamine is obtained by heating the polyglycolate at a high temperature to cause ring closure. The reaction is carried out by recovering the produced polyglycolic acid, polyfluorene polyimide precursor or polyamidiamine from a reaction solution of a polyamidamine precursor amine such as polylysine or polyphthalate. The solution is poured into it to precipitate. As a weak solvent used for precipitation, it can be exemplified by 30 moles of 〜50 〇C to 50 moles of pyridine, and pyridine, which is an acetic anhydride with an acetic anhydride, a reaction product, and a carboxylic acid. The diesterification of the diester agent or base can also be obtained by reacting the amine with the base at 0 eC ~50 〇C, promoting the de- or poly- imidate to be equal to the weak solvent to produce methanol, -36-201219379 acetone, Hexane, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, water, and the like. The polymer which has been introduced into a weak solvent and precipitated is filtered and recovered, and then dried at normal temperature or under reduced pressure under normal pressure or reduced pressure. Further, the polymer recovered by precipitation is redissolved in an organic solvent, and the operation of reprecipitation recovery is repeated 2 to 10 times to reduce impurities in the polymer. The weak solvent in this case may, for example, be an alcohol, a ketone or a hydrocarbon. When three or more kinds of weak solvents selected from the group are used, the purification efficiency can be further improved, which is preferable. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may be one having the following polymer, a polymerizable compound, and a solvent, and the polymer is selected from the group consisting of a side chain having a liquid crystal alignment direction and a methacryl group. At least one of a photoreactive side chain polyimine precursor of at least one of a propylene group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamyl group, and at least one of the polyimine obtained by imidating the polyimine precursor with a quinone The polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound having a group which undergoes photopolymerization or photocrosslinking at each of two or more terminals, and the compounding ratio is not particularly limited, and is carried out at each of two or more ends. The content of the polymerizable compound of the photopolymerization or photocrosslinking group is selected from at least one selected from the group consisting of a side chain having a liquid crystal alignment direction and a methacryl group, a propylene group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamyl group. The polyimine precursor of the photoreactive side chain and the at least one polymer of the polyimine obtained by imidating the polyimine precursor with 100 parts by mass of the polymer of 1 to 50 The share is better, to 5~ 30 parts by mass is more preferred. Further, it is selected from the group consisting of light having at least one selected from the group consisting of a methacryl group, a propenyl group, a vinyl group and a cinnamyl group, which has a side chain which is perpendicular to the liquid crystal alignment agent contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. The content of the polyimine precursor of the chain and the at least one polymer of the polyimine obtained by imidating the polyimine precursor is preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass. Preferably, it is 3 mass% to 15 mass%, and particularly preferably 3 mass% to 10 mass%. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may be another polymer which may be selected from the group consisting of having a side chain having a liquid crystal alignment direction and a methacryl group, a propylene group, a vinyl group and At least one of a photoreactive side chain polyimine precursor of cinnabarinyl group and at least one polymer of the polyimine obtained by imidizing the polyimine precursor. In this case, the content of the other polymer in the entire polymer component is preferably 0.5% by mass to 15% by mass, preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass. The molecular weight of the polymer having a liquid crystal alignment agent is considered. When the strength of the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by coating the liquid crystal alignment agent and the workability at the time of coating film formation and the uniformity of the coating film, the weight average molecular weight measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method is 5,000 to 1,000,000. Preferably, it is 1 inch, 〇〇〇~150,000. The solvent to be contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent is not particularly limited, and may be a component containing a polymer or a polymerizable compound, which is selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned side chain having a liquid crystal alignment direction and containing a polyimide intermediate precursor of a photoreactive side chain of at least one of a methacryl group, a propylene group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamyl group, and a polyfluorene obtained by subjecting the polyimine precursor to imidization At least one polymer of the imine or a polymerizable compound having a photopolymerization or photocrosslinking group at each of two or more terminals. For example, an organic solvent exemplified as the synthesis of the above polyamic acid can be mentioned. 38- 201219379 wherein N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, 3·methoxy- N,N-dimethylpropane decylamine is preferred from the viewpoint of solubility. Of course, it is also possible to use a mixed solvent of two or more types. Further, it is preferred to use a solvent which improves the uniformity or smoothness of the coating film and is mixed with a solvent having a high solubility in a component of the liquid crystal alignment agent. Examples of the solvent for improving the uniformity or smoothness of the coating film include isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, methyl sarbuta, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, and methyl group.赛路苏acetate, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol diethyl ether acetate, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol acetate, ethylene glycol , ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol - third Butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate Methyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetic acid Ester monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, tripropylene glycol methyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl Butyl ether, diisobutylene, pentyl acetate, butyl butyrate, butyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, methyl cyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl ether, η-hexane, η-pentyl Alkane, η-octane, diethyl ether, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, Methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxy-39-201219379 methyl ethyl propionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropane Acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate butyl 3-methoxypropanoate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, 1-butoxy- 2-propanol, 1-phenoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate, propylene glycol-1-monoethyl Ether-2-acetate, dipropylene glycol, 2-(2-ethoxypropoxy)propanol, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, η-propyl lactate, n-butyl lactate, Isoamyl lactate, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, and the like. These solvents can be mixed in a plurality of types. When these solvents are used, the total amount of the solvent contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 20 to 60% by mass. The liquid crystal alignment agent may contain components other than the above. As such an example, a compound which improves the film thickness uniformity or surface smoothness when a liquid crystal alignment agent is applied, and a compound which improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate can be mentioned. Examples of the compound for improving film thickness uniformity or surface smoothness include a fluorine-based surfactant, a polyfluorene-based surfactant, and a nonionic surfactant. More specifically, for example, Eftop EF301, EF3 03, EF3 52 (manufactured by TOHKEM PRODUCTS CORP), Megafac F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by Otsuka Ink Co., Ltd.), Fluorad FC430, FC431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Asahiguard AG710, Surflon S-382, SC101, SC102 > SC103, SC 104 'SCI 05 'SC106 (made by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), and the like. When the surfactant is used, the use ratio is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the polymer of the liquid crystal alignment agent. Specific examples of the compound which adheres to the substrate are -40 to 201219379, and examples thereof include a compound containing a functional decane or a compound containing an epoxy group. Examples thereof include 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, and 2-aminopropyltriethoxydecane. N-(2-Aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxydecane, 3-醯Ureapropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-guanidinopropyltriethoxydecane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyl Triethoxy decane, N-triethoxymercaptopropyltriethylamine, N-trimethoxydecylpropyltriethylamine, 10-trimethoxydecyl-1, 4,7-triazadecane, 10-triethoxyindolyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxyindolyl-3,6-diazepine acetic acid Ester, 9-triethoxyindolyl-3,6-diazaindolyl acetate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-benzyl-3-amine Propyl triethoxy decane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyl trimethoxy decane, N-benzene g-3-aminopropyl triethoxy decane, N-bis (oxyethyl) )-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N- Bis(oxyethylidene)-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane'ethylene glycol propylene oxide ether, polyethylene glycol propylene oxide ether, propylene glycol propylene oxide ether, tripropylene glycol propylene oxide ether, Polypropylene glycol propylene oxide ether, neopentyl glycol propylene oxide ether, 1,6-hexanediol propylene oxide ether, glycerin propylene oxide ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol propylene oxide ether, I , 3,5,6·Tetrapropenyl-2,4-hexanediol, N,N,N',N'-tetrakis(oxypropylene)-m-xylenediamine, 1,3 -bis (N, N-dioxypropylene aminomethyl)cyclohexane, N,N,N,,N,-tetrapropenyl-4' 4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3-(N-N- Alkyl-N-oxidized propyl base) Aminopropyltrimethoxy sand, 3_ (• 41 - 201219379 N, N-propylene oxide) aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, and the like. Further, in order to further increase the film strength of the liquid crystal alignment film, 2,2'-bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-.dihydroxymethylphenyl)propane or tetrakis(methoxymethyl)bisphenol may be added. Phenolic compound. When the amount of the polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent is 100 parts by mass, it is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass. Further, in the range in which the liquid crystal alignment agent does not impair the effects of the present invention, the above-mentioned other dielectric or conductive material for the purpose of changing the electrical properties such as the dielectric constant or the conductivity of the liquid crystal alignment film may be added. By applying the liquid crystal alignment agent onto the substrate and firing, a liquid crystal alignment film in which the liquid crystal alignment is perpendicular can be formed. Since the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention has the following polymer and polymerizable compound, the response speed of the liquid crystal display element using the obtained liquid crystal alignment film can be accelerated. The polymer is at least one selected from the group consisting of a side chain having a vertical alignment of liquid crystals and at least one photoreactive side chain containing a methacryl group, a propyl group, a propyl group, a cinnamyl group. An amine precursor and at least one polymer of the polyimine obtained by imidating the polyimine precursor with ruthenium, the polymerizable compound having photopolymerization or photocrossing at each of two or more ends The base of the alliance. For example, after the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied onto a substrate, the cured film obtained by drying after drying and drying may be used as a liquid crystal alignment film. Further, the cured film may be rubbed, or irradiated with a polarized light or a light of a specific wavelength, or subjected to an ion beam or the like, or may be irradiated with UV in a state where a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal display element after liquid crystal charging by the alignment film for PS. It is especially useful as an alignment film for PSA. -42- 201219379 In this case, 'the substrate to be used' is a substrate having high transparency, and is not particularly limited. A glass plate, polycarbonate, poly(meth)acrylate, polyether oxime, or poly can be used. Aromatic esters, polyurethanes, polyethers, polyethers, polyetherketones, trimethylpentene, polyolefins, polyethylene terephthalate, (meth)acrylonitrile, cellulose triacetate, cellulose diacetate, A plastic substrate such as acetate butyrate cellulose. Further, when a substrate on which an ITO electrode or the like to be driven by liquid crystal is formed is used, it is preferable from the viewpoint of simplification of the process. Further, if the reflective liquid crystal display device is only a single-sided substrate, an opaque material such as a germanium wafer may be used. In this case, a material that reflects light such as aluminum may be used as the electrode, and the method of applying the liquid crystal alignment agent is not particularly limited. Examples thereof include a printing method such as screen printing, offset printing, and stencil printing, a spraying method, a spraying method, a roll coating method or dipping, a roll coating, a slit coating, a spin coater, and the like. From the perspective of productivity, the transfer printing method is widely used in industry. It is also applicable to the present invention. The coating film formed by coating the liquid crystal alignment agent by the above method can be fired to form a cured film. Although the drying step after the application of the liquid crystal alignment agent is not necessary, the drying step is preferably performed when the time from the application to the baking is not constant for each substrate or when the coating is not immediately performed after coating. This drying is not particularly limited as long as the drying means is such that the solvent is removed without deforming the shape of the coating film. For example, a method of drying at a temperature of 40 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably 60 ° C to 100 ° C, for 5 minutes to 30 minutes, preferably 1 minute to 5 minutes . The baking temperature of the coating film formed by coating the liquid crystal alignment agent is indefinitely -43 to 201219379, and can be carried out, for example, at any temperature of 100 to 350 ° C, preferably 120 ° C to 300 t, more Good for 150 ° C ~ 250 ° C. The firing may be carried out at any time from 5 minutes to 240 minutes, preferably from 10 minutes to 90 minutes, more preferably from 20 minutes to 90 minutes. The heating can be carried out by a generally known method, for example, using a hot plate, a hot air circulating furnace, an infrared furnace or the like. Further, the thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by firing is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 300 nm, more preferably 1 to 10 nm. On the other hand, in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, the liquid crystal alignment film can be formed on the substrate by the above method, and the unit cell can be produced by a known method. Specific examples of the liquid crystal display device include the above-described liquid crystal alignment agent having the two substrates arranged in the opposite direction, the liquid crystal layer provided between the substrates, and the liquid crystal layer provided by the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention. A liquid crystal display element in a vertical alignment mode of a unit cell of a liquid crystal alignment film. Specifically, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied onto two substrates and fired to form a liquid crystal alignment film, and the two substrates are arranged such that the liquid crystal alignment film is in a relative direction, and the liquid crystal alignment film is held between the two substrates. In the liquid crystal layer, the liquid crystal layer is provided with a liquid crystal layer which is a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element which is provided with a cell which is irradiated with ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer. By using the liquid crystal alignment film formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, ultraviolet light is applied to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer while applying a voltage, and the polymerizable compound is polymerized, and the photoreactivity of the polymer is obtained. The side chain or the photoreactive side chain of the polymer reacts with the polymerizable compound, and the alignment of the liquid crystal can be more efficiently fixed, and the liquid crystal display element having a remarkable response speed is excellent. *44 - 201219379 The substrate of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has a high transparency, and is generally a substrate on which a transparent electrode to be driven by a liquid crystal is formed. As a specific example, the same substrate as described in the above liquid crystal alignment film can be mentioned. The liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be used as a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film by using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, and can be formed on a single-sided substrate, although a substrate having an electrode pattern or a protrusion pattern can be used. For example, the line/slot electrode pattern of 1 to 1 Ομιη can also function for a structure in which a slit pattern or a protrusion pattern is not formed on the opposite direction substrate, and the liquid crystal display element of the structure can simplify the manufacturing process. Get high transmission. Further, for a high-function element such as a TFT type element, an element such as a transistor is formed between an electrode to be driven by a liquid crystal and a substrate. In the case of a transmissive liquid crystal display device, a substrate such as the above is generally used. In the reflective liquid crystal display device, an opaque substrate such as a germanium wafer can be used as the single-sided substrate. At this time, a material such as aluminum which can reflect light can be used in the electrode of the substrate. The liquid crystal alignment film is formed by applying the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention to the substrate and firing it, and the details are as described above. The liquid crystal material constituting the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a liquid crystal material used in the past vertical alignment method can be used. For example, a negative liquid crystal such as MLC-6608 or MLC-6609 manufactured by Moker Corporation can be used. As a method of holding the liquid crystal layer between the two substrates, a known method can be mentioned. For example, a pair of substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, and a spacer such as beads is spread on a liquid crystal alignment film of one of -45 to 201219379 substrates, and the other substrate is bonded to the inside of the surface formed by the liquid crystal alignment film, and the liquid crystal is decompressed. The method of sealing after injection can be exemplified. Also, prepare the liquid crystal alignment film to form! On the substrate, a spacer such as a bead is spread on a liquid crystal alignment film of one of the substrates, and then A liquid crystal is dropped, and then the other substrate is bonded to the inner surface of the liquid crystal alignment film to be sealed, and a cell can be formed. The spacer thickness at this time is preferably from 1 to 30 μm, more preferably from 2 to ΙΟμπι. The step of producing a unit cell by applying a voltage to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer while applying a voltage is, for example, an electric field applied to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer after the input voltage between the electrodes provided on the substrate is applied, and the electric field is maintained. A method of irradiating ultraviolet rays. The voltage input between the electrodes is, for example, 5 to 30 Vp-p, preferably 5 to 20 Vp-p. The irradiation amount of the ultraviolet ray is, for example, 1 to 60 J', preferably 40 J or less, and the lower the amount of ultraviolet ray irradiation, the lower the letter reliability caused by the breakage of the member constituting the liquid crystal display element, and the manufacturing efficiency can be improved by reducing the ultraviolet ray irradiation time. Therefore, it is better. When the ultraviolet ray is irradiated to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer while applying a voltage, the polymerizable compound reacts to form a polymer, and the polymer liquid crystal molecules are memorized in the oblique direction to accelerate the response of the obtained liquid crystal display element. speed. Further, when the ultraviolet ray is applied to the liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal layer while applying a voltage, it is selected from the group consisting of a side chain having a liquid crystal alignment direction and at least one selected from the group consisting of a methacryl group, a propylene group, a vinyl group, and a cinnamyl group. a photoreactive side chain of a polyreuterine precursor of the photoreactive side chain and at least one polymer of the polyimine imide obtained by imidating the polyiminoimine precursor with each other, or polymerized The photoreactivity of the substance -46-201219379 The reaction between the side chain and the polymerizable compound can accelerate the response speed of the obtained liquid crystal display element. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent can be used not only as a liquid crystal alignment agent for a liquid crystal display element of a vertical alignment type such as a PSA liquid crystal display or an SC-PVA liquid crystal display, but also by rubbing treatment or photoalignment processing. Applicable to the use of liquid crystal alignment film. [Embodiment] [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of Examples and Comparative Examples. However, the invention is not limited thereto. <Polymerizable compound> (Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM 1 )) To a 300 ml eggplant-shaped flask equipped with a cooling tube, 5.0 g (23.8 mmol) of 2,4'-biphenyldicarboxyaldehyde was added, 2 - (bromomethyl)acrylic acid 7.9 g (47.6 mmol), 10% hydrochloric acid (aq) 3 3 ml, tetrahydrofuran (THF) 100 ml, tin chloride (II) 9.5 g (50 mmol) as a mixture at 7 Torr.搅拌 Stir for 20 hours to react. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into 300 ml of purified water to give a white solid. The obtained solid was separated and purified by recrystallization (hexane / chloroform = 2 / 1) to afford 3.5 g of white solid. The solid was measured by NMR, and it was confirmed that the white solid was the polymerizable compound (RM1) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 72%. 'H-NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 2.99 ( m, 2H) , 3.42 ( m, 2H) -47 - 201219379 » 5.60 ( m, 2H ) * 5.74 (m, 2H) ' 6.36 ( m, 2H) 1 7.42 ( m, 4H ) > 7.60 ( m, 4H ). [化31]
(聚合性化合物(RM2 )之合成) 於附有冷卻管之3 00ml茄形燒瓶中加入4、4’-雙酚6.7g (35.9mmol ) 、2- ( 4-溴丁基)-1,3-二噁戊烷 15.0g ( 7 1 . 7mmol )、碳酸鉀 19.8g(143mmol)、及丙酮 150ml 成 爲混合物,在60°C—邊進行48小時攪拌一邊使其進行反應 。反應終了後,在減壓下將溶劑餾去,得到黃色濕潤固體 。其後該固體與水200ml混合,加入氯仿80ml並萃取。萃 取進行3次。 於經分液的有機層加入無水硫酸鎂並乾燥,過濾後在 減壓下使溶劑餾去,得到黃色固體。將該固體以再結晶( 己烷/氯仿=4/1 (體積比))進行純化後,得到白色固體 14.6g。將所得之白色固體藉由NMR進行測定之結果如以 下所示。且將所得之固體溶解於氘-氯仿ί: CDC13 ),使用 核磁共振裝置(D i ο 1公司製)以3 0 0 Μ Η z測定。由該結果確 認’該白色固體爲下述反應式所示化合物(RM2-A )。產 率爲9 2 %。 *H-NMR ( CDC13) δ : 1.65 ( m, 4H ),1.74 ( m,4H) '1.87 ( m, 4H ) ,3.86(m,4H) - 3.97 ( m, 8H ) ,4.89 -48- 201219379 (t,2H) > 6.92 ( m, 4H ) ,7.44 ( m, 4H )。 [化 32] K,CO,(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM2)) 4,4'-bisphenol 6.7 g (35.9 mmol), 2-(4-bromobutyl)-1,3 was added to a 300 ml eggplant-shaped flask equipped with a cooling tube. 15.0 g (71.7 mmol) of dioxolane, 19.8 g (143 mmol) of potassium carbonate, and 150 ml of acetone were mixed, and the reaction was carried out while stirring at 60 ° C for 48 hours. After the end of the reaction, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give a yellow, dry solid. Thereafter, the solid was mixed with 200 ml of water, and 80 ml of chloroform was added thereto and extracted. The extraction was carried out 3 times. Anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added to the organic layer which was separated and dried, filtered, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give a yellow solid. The solid was purified by recrystallization (hexane / chloroform = 4 / 1 (vol.)) to yield 14.6 g of white solid. The results of measurement of the obtained white solid by NMR are shown below. Further, the obtained solid was dissolved in 氘-chloroform (CDC13), and measured by a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus (manufactured by Di ο 1 Co., Ltd.) at 300 Μ Η z. From the results, it was confirmed that the white solid was a compound (RM2-A) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield is 92%. *H-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.65 ( m, 4H ), 1.74 ( m, 4H) '1.87 ( m, 4H ) , 3.86 (m, 4H) - 3.97 ( m, 8H ) , 4.89 -48 - 201219379 ( t, 2H) > 6.92 ( m, 4H ) , 7.44 ( m, 4H ). [化32] K, CO,
(RM2-A) hcKI)~0"〇h + 0- 其次,於附有冷卻管之50〇ml茄形燒瓶中加入上述所 得之化合物(RM2-A ) 13.3g ( 30mmol ) 、2-(溴甲基) 丙烯酸1 1.6g ( 70mmol ) ' 1 0%鹽酸(aq ) 5 0ml、四氫呋喃 (THF ) 160ml、氯化錫(II ) 13.2g ( 70mmol )作爲混合 物,在70°C進行20小時攪拌使其反應。反應終了後,將反 應液經減壓過濾後與純水200ml混合,於此加入二氯仿 100ml並萃取。萃取進行3次。 於經分液的有機層加入無水硫酸鎂並乾燥,由減壓過 濾後的溶液將溶劑餾去後得到白色固體。將該固體以再結 晶(己烷/氯仿=2/1 )進行純化後,得到白色固體9.4g。 將所得之白色固體與上述同樣地以NMR進行測定結果,確 認該白色固體爲目的之下述反應式所示聚合性化合物( RM2 )。產率爲64%。(RM2-A) hcKI)~0"〇h + 0- Next, add the above-obtained compound (RM2-A) to a 50〇ml eggplant-shaped flask with a cooling tube, 13.3g (30mmol), 2-(bromo) Methyl)acrylic acid 1 1.6 g (70 mmol) '10% hydrochloric acid (aq) 50 ml, tetrahydrofuran (THF) 160 ml, tin chloride (II) 13.2 g (70 mmol) as a mixture, and stirred at 70 ° C for 20 hours Its reaction. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure and mixed with 200 ml of purified water, and then 100 ml of dichloroform was added and extracted. The extraction was carried out 3 times. Anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added to the organic layer which was separated and dried, and the solvent was distilled off from the filtered solution to give a white solid. The solid was purified by recrystallization (hexane / chloroform = 2 / 1) to yield 9.4 g of white solid. The white solid obtained was measured by NMR in the same manner as above to confirm the polymer compound (RM2) represented by the following reaction formula for the purpose of the white solid. The yield was 64%.
!H-NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.69 ( m, 12H) ,2.61 ( m,2H )> 3.09 ( m, 2H ) - 4.00 ( t, 4H ) ,4.57 ( m,2H) ’ 5.64 ( m, 2H ) ,6.24 ( m, 2H ) ,6.92 ( d, 4H ) ,7.45 ( m, 4H )。 -49- 201219379 [化 33]!H-NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.69 ( m, 12H) , 2.61 ( m, 2H )> 3.09 ( m, 2H ) - 4.00 ( t, 4H ) , 4.57 ( m, 2H) ' 5.64 ( m, 2H ), 6.24 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, 4H), 7.45 (m, 4H). -49- 201219379 [Chem. 33]
Y)-(CH2)4-〇-Q-Q^〇-(ch (聚合性化合物(RM3)之合成) 於附有冷卻管之500ml茄形燒瓶中加入4、4’-雙酚 11.2g ( 60mmol) 、2- ( 2 -溴乙基)·1,3 - — 嚼戊院 25.0g ( 1 38mmol )、碳酸鉀 35.9g ( 260mmol)、及丙酮 200ml 作 爲混合物,在60°C—邊進行48小時攪拌一邊使其進行反應 。反應終了後,在減壓下將溶劑餾去,得到黃色濕潤固體 。其後該固體與水200ml混合,加入氯仿100ml並萃取。萃 取進行3次。 經分液的有機層,加入無水硫酸鎂使其乾燥,過濾後 在減壓下使溶劑餾去,得到黃色固體。將該固體溶解於氯 仿,使用己烷以(己烷/氯仿=2/1 )沈澱後,得到白色固 體17.6g。將該固體以NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。 由結果確認該白色固體爲下述反應式所示化合物(RM3-A )。產率爲7 6 %。 'H-NMR ( CDClj) δ : 2.19 ( m, 4H ) ,3.89 ( m,4H) ,4.01 (m,4H) > 4.1 6 ( m, 4H ) > 5.11 ( m, 2 H ) ,6.95 (m,4H ) ,7.45 ( m,4H )。 •50· 201219379 [化 34]Y)-(CH2)4-〇-QQ^〇-(ch (synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM3)) Add 4,4'-bisphenol 11.2g (60mmol) to a 500ml eggplant-shaped flask with a cooling tube 2-(2-Bromoethyl)·1,3 - — 25.0g (1 38mmol) of Chewing Institute, 35.9g (260mmol) of potassium carbonate, and 200ml of acetone as a mixture, stirred at 60°C for 48 hours After the reaction was completed, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give a yellow-wet solid. After that, the solid was mixed with water (200 ml), and 100 ml of chloroform was added and extracted. The extraction was carried out three times. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give a yellow solid. The solid was dissolved in chloroform and precipitated with hexane (hexane/chloroform = 2/1) to give white. The solid was 17.6 g, and the solid was measured by NMR. The results were as follows. From the results, it was confirmed that the white solid was the compound (RM3-A) of the following reaction formula. The yield was 76%. 'H-NMR ( CDClj) δ : 2.19 ( m, 4H ) , 3.89 ( m, 4H) , 4.01 (m, 4H) > 4.1 6 ( m, 4H ) > 5.11 ( m, 2 H ) , 6.9 5 (m, 4H ) , 7.45 ( m, 4H ). • 50· 201219379 [Chem. 34]
(CH^—Br + HO 〇,广。ΌΌ*〇,)κ:〕 (RM3-A) 其次,於附有冷郤管之500ml茄形燒瓶中加入上述所 得之化合物(RM3-A ) lO.Og ( 26mmol ) 、2-(溴甲基) 丙稀酸 l〇.〇g ( 60.6mmol) 、10%HC1 ( aq) 32ml、四氫咲 喃(THF) 140 ml、氯化錫(II) 11.4g(60.6mmol)作成 混合物,在70°C進行20小時攪拌使其反應。反應終了後, 將反應液經減壓過濾後與純水200ml混合,於此加入氯仿 100ml並萃取。萃取進行3次。 於萃取後的有機層中加入無水硫酸鎂使其乾燥,由減 壓過濾後的溶液將溶劑餾去後得到白色固體。將該固體溶 解於氯仿,使用己烷以(己烷/氯仿==2Π )沈澱後得到白 色固體。將該固體以甲醇洗淨後,得到白色固體4.7g。將 該固體以NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。由該結果確認 該白色固體爲目的之下述反應式所示聚合性化合物(RM3 ),產率42%。 ^-NMR ( CDC13) δ · 2.18 ( m, 4H ) ,2.76 ( m,2H) ,3.16(m,2H) ,4.18(m,4H) ,4.84(m,2H) > 5.67 (m, 2H ) ,6.27 ( m,2H) ,6.95 ( d,4H) ,7.46 ( m, 4H )。 -51 - 201219379 [化 35] Q-(cH2)r*0^O~O" 〇-(cha〆。〕(CH^-Br + HO 〇, 广.ΌΌ*〇,) κ:] (RM3-A) Next, the above-obtained compound (RM3-A) lO is added to a 500 ml eggplant-shaped flask with a cooling tube. Og (26mmol), 2-(bromomethyl)propionic acid l〇.〇g (60.6mmol), 10%HC1 (aq) 32ml, tetrahydrofuran (THF) 140 ml, tin chloride (II) 11.4 g (60.6 mmol) was prepared as a mixture, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C for 20 hours to cause a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered under reduced pressure and then mixed with 200 ml of purified water. The extraction was carried out 3 times. Anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added to the extracted organic layer to dry it, and the solvent was distilled off from the filtered solution to obtain a white solid. This solid was dissolved in chloroform and precipitated with hexane (hexane/chloroform == 2 Π) to give a white solid. The solid was washed with methanol to give 4.7 g of a white solid. The results of measurement of the solid by NMR are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the white solid was a polymerizable compound (RM3) represented by the following reaction formula, and the yield was 42%. ^-NMR (CDC13) δ · 2.18 (m, 4H), 2.76 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 4.18 (m, 4H), 4.84 (m, 2H) > 5.67 (m, 2H ) , 6.27 (m, 2H), 6.95 (d, 4H), 7.46 (m, 4H). -51 - 201219379 [化35] Q-(cH2)r*0^O~O" 〇-(cha〆.〕
Βγ SnClj 十=¾ um 丨 lCKaqKΒγ SnClj ten=3⁄4 um 丨 lCKaqK
COOH THF (RM3-A)COOH THF (RM3-A)
(ch^〇O~^-0 - (ci^"CC (RM3) (聚合性化合物(RM4)之合成) 於附有冷卻管之500ml茄形燒瓶中加入雙酚14.9g ( 80.0mmol ) 、5 -溴戊基乙酸酯35g(167.〇mm〇l)、碳酸鉀 41.5g ( 300mmol )、及丙酮250ml作爲混合物,溫度在 6 0 °C —邊進行4 8小時攪拌一邊使其進行反應。反應終了後 、將反應液注入於純水600ml,得到白色固體33.6g。將該 固體以NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。由該結果確認該 白色固體爲下述反應式所示化合物(RM4-A )。產率爲 95% »(ch^〇O~^-0 - (ci^"CC (RM3) (synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM4)) In a 500 ml eggplant-shaped flask with a cooling tube, 14.9 g (80.0 mmol) of bisphenol was added, 35 g (167. 〇mm〇l) of 5-bromopentyl acetate, 41.5 g (300 mmol) of potassium carbonate, and 250 ml of acetone were used as a mixture, and the reaction was carried out while stirring at 60 ° C for 48 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into 600 ml of pure water to obtain 33.6 g of a white solid. The solid was measured by NMR, and the results are as follows. From the results, it was confirmed that the white solid was a compound represented by the following reaction formula ( RM4-A). Yield 95% »
1H NMR ( CDC13) 5 : 1.57 ( m, 4H ) ,1.74 ( m,4H ),1.86(m,4H) ,2.06(s,6H) > 4.02 ( t, 4H ) » 4.12 (t, 4H ) - 6.95 ( d, 4H ) ,7.47 ( d,4H)。 [化 36] IC2CO, Acetone o (RM4-A)1H NMR (CDC13) 5: 1.57 (m, 4H), 1.74 (m, 4H), 1.86 (m, 4H), 2.06 (s, 6H) > 4.02 ( t, 4H ) » 4.12 (t, 4H ) 6.95 ( d, 4H ) , 7.47 ( d, 4H). [Chem. 36] IC2CO, Acetone o (RM4-A)
-H5C^V〇-(CH2)5~Br O H3C 入〇-(叫5-〇 於附有冷卻管之11茄形燒瓶中加入乙醇250ml、上述 所得之化合物(RM4_A) 18.〇g(41mm〇i)、及10%氫氧化 -52- 201219379 水溶液1 00ml作爲混合物,在溫度8 5 一邊進行5小時攪拌 —邊使其反應。反應終了後,於1 000ml的燒杯中加入水 500ml與反應液,30分鐘在室溫進行攪拌後,滴入10%HC1 水溶液80ml後,經過濾得到白色固體i2.2g。將該固體以 NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。由結果確認該白色固體 爲下述反應式所示化合物(RM4-B )。產率爲83%。 1H NMR ( DMS0-d6 ) δ : 1.46 ( m,8H ) ,1.71 ( m, 4H) > 3.4 1 ( m, 4H ) ,3.98(m,4H) ,4.39(m,2H), 6.96 ( m, 4H ) ,7·51 ( m,4H)。 [化 37]-H5C^V〇-(CH2)5~Br O H3C 〇- (called 5-〇 added to the 11 eggplant-shaped flask with a cooling tube, 250 ml of ethanol, the compound obtained above (RM4_A) 18. 〇g (41mm 〇i), and 10% KOH-52-201219379 Aqueous solution of 100 ml was used as a mixture and stirred at a temperature of 8 5 for 5 hours. After the reaction was completed, 500 ml of water and a reaction solution were added to a 1 000 ml beaker. After stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, 80 ml of a 10% HCl aqueous solution was added dropwise, and the mixture was filtered to give a white solid i2.2 g. The solid was measured by NMR. The results are shown below. The compound of the formula (RM4-B) is obtained. The yield is 83%. 1H NMR (DMS0-d6) δ: 1.46 (m, 8H), 1.71 (m, 4H) > 3.4 1 ( m, 4H ) , 3.98 (m, 4H), 4.39 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 4H), 7·51 (m, 4H).
H0-(CH2)5-0 I 將上述所得之化合物(RM4-B ) 5.0g ( M.Ommol )、 三乙胺3.2g與少量2,6-二-第三丁基-p-甲酚(BHT)同時溶 解於THF3 Oml,在室溫下攪拌,藉由水浴冷卻下,經15分 鐘滴入於THF20ml溶解之甲基丙烯醯氯化物3.3g ( 32mmol )的溶液。滴入後進行30分鐘攪拌,除去水浴後一邊恢復 至室溫一邊繼續一晚攪拌。反應終了後將反應液注入於純 水2 00ml,過濾後得到白色固體。將該固體溶解於氯仿, 使用己烷以(己烷/氯仿=2 /1 )沈澱後,得到白色固體 2.6g。將該固體以NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。由該 結果確認該白色固體爲下述反應式所示聚合性化合物( RM4 )。產率爲38%。 -53- 201219379 •H-NMR ( CDClj) δ : 1.56 ( m, 4H ) ' 1.74( m, 4H ) ,1.82(m, 4H) ,1.97(s,6H) > 4.03 ( m> 4H ) » 4.20 (m, 4H ) ,5.55 ( m,2H) ’ 6.10 ( m,2H) - 6.94 ( d, 4H ) ,7.45 ( d,4H ) 0 [化 38]H0-(CH2)5-0 I The above-obtained compound (RM4-B) 5.0 g (M.Ommol), triethylamine 3.2 g and a small amount of 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol ( BHT) was simultaneously dissolved in THF3 Oml, and stirred at room temperature, and a solution of 3.3 g (32 mmol) of methacrylium chloride chloride dissolved in 20 ml of THF was added dropwise thereto over 15 minutes while cooling under a water bath. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and after the water bath was removed, the mixture was allowed to stand overnight while stirring to room temperature. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into 200 ml of pure water and filtered to give a white solid. This solid was dissolved in chloroform, and precipitated (hexane/chloroform = 2 /1) using hexane to afford 2.6 g of white solid. The results of measurement of the solid by NMR are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the white solid was a polymerizable compound (RM4) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 38%. -53- 201219379 • H-NMR (CDClj) δ : 1.56 ( m, 4H ) ' 1.74 ( m, 4H ) , 1.82 (m, 4H) , 1.97 (s, 6H) > 4.03 ( m > 4H ) » 4.20 (m, 4H ) , 5.55 ( m, 2H) ' 6.10 ( m, 2H) - 6.94 ( d, 4H ) , 7.45 ( d, 4H ) 0 [Chem. 38]
(聚合性化合物(RM5 )) 將公知的下述式所示聚合性化合物作爲聚合性化合物 (RM5)。 [化 39](Polymerizable compound (RM5)) A polymerizable compound represented by the following formula is used as a polymerizable compound (RM5). [化39]
(RM5) (聚合性化合物(RM6 )之合成) 於附有冷卻管之200ml茄形燒瓶中加入4_羥基安息香 酸甲基 7.61g ( 50.0mmol) 、6 -溴-1-己醇 9.1g ( 50.0mmol )、碳酸鉀13.8g(100mmol)、及丙酮7 0ml作爲混合物, 在64°C —邊進行24小時攪拌一邊使其反應。反應終了後, 將反應液經減壓過濾,在減壓下餾去溶劑,得到黃色濕潤 固體。將該固體藉由矽膠管柱層析法(管柱:矽膠 60,0.063-0.200111111,\^1'〇让製,溶離液:己院/乙酸乙醋=1/1 201219379 色 結 (v/v ))進行純化。由所得之溶液餾去溶劑’得到白 固體1 1.3g。將該固體的NMR測定結果如以下所示。由 果確認該白色固體爲下述反應式所示化合物(RM6_ A ) 產率爲9 0 %。 m, 'H-NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.3-1.7 ( m, 8H) ' 3.67 ( 2H ) ,3.88 ( s,3H) ,4.03 ( t,2H) > 6.91 ( d, 2H ) 7.99 ( d, 2H )。 [化 40] η〇"Ό" HO—(CH2)6~*Br COOCH3 .. » HO—(CH2)6—0 COOCH3 K2C〇a/Acetone (RM6-A) 其此於附有冷卻管之l〇〇ml三口燒瓶中放入氯鉻酸 啶鹽(PCC ) 2.2g ( 1 O.Ommol )、及 C H2 C12 1 5 · 0 m 1 並在(RM5) (Synthesis of Polymerizable Compound (RM6)) To a 200 ml eggplant-shaped flask equipped with a cooling tube, 4.61 g (50.0 mmol) of 4-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl group and 9.1 g of 6-bromo-1-hexanol ( 50.0 mmol), potassium carbonate (13.8 g (100 mmol), and acetone 70 ml as a mixture were reacted at 64 ° C for 24 hours while stirring. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered under reduced pressure, and the solvent was evaporated. The solid was obtained by gel column chromatography (column: silicone 60, 0.063-0.200111111, \^1'), the solution was dissolved: hexane/acetic acid vinegar = 1/1 201219379 color knot (v/v )) Purification. The solvent was distilled off from the obtained solution to give a white solid (11.3 g). The NMR measurement results of this solid are shown below. It was confirmed that the white solid was a compound (RM6_A) yield of the following reaction formula of 90%. m, 'H-NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.3-1.7 ( m, 8H) ' 3.67 ( 2H ) , 3.88 ( s, 3H) , 4.03 ( t, 2H) > 6.91 ( d, 2H ) 7.99 ( d, 2H). [化40] η〇"Ό" HO—(CH2)6~*Br COOCH3 .. » HO—(CH2)6—0 COOCH3 K2C〇a/Acetone (RM6-A) This is attached to the cooling tube In a 〇〇ml three-necked flask, put chlorochromate pyridine salt (PCC) 2.2g (1 O.Ommol), and C H2 C12 1 5 · 0 m 1 and
拌混合的狀態下,滴入將上述所得之化合物(RM6-A 2.5g ( lO.Ommol)溶解於CH2Cl215.0ml的溶液,在室溫 攪拌6小時。其後,於除去附著於燒瓶壁上的油狀物之 液中,加入二乙基醚9 0ml並使其減壓過濾後,在減壓下 溶劑餾去,得到濃綠色濕潤固體。將該固體藉由矽膠管 層析法(管柱:矽膠60,0.063-0.200mm,Merck製,溶離液 己烷/乙酸乙酯=2/1 ( v/v ))進行純化。餾去所得之溶 的溶劑’得到無色固體l.3g。將該固體以NMR進行測定 結果如以下所示。由該結果確認該無色固體爲下述反應 所示化合物(尺^16-8)。產率爲50%。 'H-NMR ( CDClj) δ : 1.3-1.8 ( m, 6H),2.49 ( t, ),3.88(s,3H),3.99(t,2H),6.87(d,2H),7 -55-In the mixed state, a solution obtained by dissolving the above-obtained compound (RM6-A 2.5 g (10.Ommol) in CH2Cl 215.0 ml was added dropwise, and stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. Thereafter, the adhesion to the wall of the flask was removed. To the oily liquid, 90 ml of diethyl ether was added and filtered under reduced pressure, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give a concentrated green solid solid.矽 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 The results of the measurement by NMR are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the colorless solid was the compound shown in the following reaction (f. 16-8). The yield was 50%. 'H-NMR (CDClj) δ : 1.3-1.8 (m, 6H), 2.49 ( t, ), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.99 (t, 2H), 6.87 (d, 2H), 7 - 55-
吡 攪 ) 再 溶 將 柱 液 之 式 2H .99 201219379 (d, 2H ) ,9.78 ( s, 1 Η )。 [化 41] HO—(CH2)6—Ο 〇· cooch3 (RM6-A) PCC ch2ci2 ► OHC—(CH2)5- —o—^ cooch3 (RM6-B) 其次,於附有冷卻管之50ml茄形燒瓶中加入上述所得 之化合物(RM6-B) 1.25g(5.0mmol) 、2-(溴甲基)丙 燃酸 0_83g ( 5.0mmol) 、Amberlyst (註冊商標)15 ( Rohm and Haas Company 商品名)0.8g、THF8.0ml、氯化 錫(II) 0.95g(5.0mmol)、及純水2.0ml作爲混合物,在 7 〇°C進行5小時攪拌並使其反應。反應終了後,將反應液 經減壓過濾後與純水40ml混合,於此加入二乙基醚50ml並 進行萃取。萃取進行3次。 於萃取後的有機層中加入無水硫酸鎂使其乾燥,由減 壓過濾後的溶液餾去溶劑,得當無色固體1.5g。將該固體 的NMR測定結果如以下所示。由該結果確認,該無色固體 爲下述反應式所示化合物(RM6-C )。產率爲94%。 'H-NMR ( DMSO-d6) 6 : 1.3-1.8 ( m, 8H) ,2.62 ( m, 1Η ) « 3.04 ( s, 1 Η ) ,3.81(s,3H) ,4.05(t,2H) ,4.54(m,lH) - 5.70 ( s, 1H ) ,6.01(s,lH) · 7.03 (d, 2H ) > 7.89( d, 2H )。 [化 42] OHC-tCH^-O^Q-COOCHa °^(CH2)5-0^-C00CH3 (RM6-B) THF/H20 (RM6-C) -56- 201219379 於附有冷卻管之l〇〇ml節形燒瓶中加入乙醇35ml、上 述所得之化合物(尺厘6-(:)1.58(4.7111111〇1)、及1〇°/()氫氧 化水溶液5ml作爲混合物’在8 5 —邊進行3小時攪拌一邊 使其反應。反應終了後,於500ml的燒杯中加入水3 00ml與 反應液,3 0分鐘在室溫進行攪拌後’滴入1 0 % H c 1水溶液 5ml後,過濾後得到白色固體1.3g° 其次於附有冷卻管之50ml茄形燒瓶中加入所得之白色 固體 l.lg、Amberlyst (註冊商標)15(R〇hm and Haas Company 商品名)l.〇g、及THF20_0ml作爲混合物’在 7 〇 °C進行5小時攪拌並使其反應。反應終了後、將反應液 經減壓過濾後由溶液餾去溶劑’得到黃色固體。將該黃色 固體以再結晶(己烷/乙酸乙酯=1 /1 ( v/v ))進行純化後 ,得到白色固體〇.9g。將該固體的NMR測定結果如以下所 示。由結果確認該白色固體爲下述反應式所示化合物( RM6-D )。產率爲 7 1 % » 】H-NMR ( DMSO-d6 ) δ : 1.2-1 .8 ( m,8H ) ,2.60 ( m, 1Η ) > 3.09 ( m, 1Η ) > 4.04( m, 2H ) » 4.55 ( m, 1H )> 5.69 ( s, 1H ) > 6.02 ( s, 1H ) ,6.99 ( d,2H) > 7.88 (d, 2H ) ,12.5 ( s,broad,1 H )。 [化 43] 〇办_5一。伽。CH3 ^^㈣一。众删 (RM6-C) THF (RM6-D) 將上述所得之化合物(RM6-D) 21.1g(69.3mmol) 、:1,4-環己烷二甲醇 5.0g(34.7mmol) 、N,N-二甲基-4-胺 -57- 201219379 基吡啶(DMAP) 0.35g及少量BHT在室溫進行攪拌下’懸 浮於二氯甲烷l〇〇ml,於此加入溶解於二氯甲烷5 0ml之二 環己基碳二亞胺(DCC) 15.5g( 75.0mmol ),進行48小時 攪拌使其反應。反應終了後,過濾分離經析出之DCC脲’ 將該濾液依順序,以各60ml的0.5N-HC1與飽和碳酸氫鈉水 溶液與飽和食鹽水進行2次洗淨,以硫酸鎂乾燥後,餾去 溶劑後以乙醇進行再結晶操作,得到下述反應式所示聚合 性化合物(RM6) 20.1g。以NMR進行測定之結果如以下所 示。又產率爲8 1 %。Pyridine) Re-dissolve the column liquid 2H .99 201219379 (d, 2H ) , 9.78 ( s, 1 Η ). HO-(CH2)6-Ο 〇· cooch3 (RM6-A) PCC ch2ci2 ► OHC—(CH2)5-—o—^ cooch3 (RM6-B) Next, 50ml eggplant with cooling tube The above-obtained compound (RM6-B) 1.25 g (5.0 mmol), 2-(bromomethyl)propionic acid 0-83 g (5.0 mmol), Amberlyst (registered trademark) 15 (Rohm and Haas Company trade name) were added to the flask. 0.8 g, THF 8.0 ml, tin chloride (II) 0.95 g (5.0 mmol), and pure water 2.0 ml were used as a mixture, and the mixture was stirred at 7 ° C for 5 hours to cause a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered under reduced pressure and mixed with 40 ml of purified water, and 50 ml of diethyl ether was added thereto and extracted. The extraction was carried out 3 times. Anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added to the organic layer after extraction to dryness, and the solvent was distilled off from the filtered solution to obtain 1.5 g of a colorless solid. The NMR measurement results of the solid are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the colorless solid was a compound (RM6-C) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 94%. 'H-NMR ( DMSO-d6) 6 : 1.3-1.8 ( m, 8H) , 2.62 ( m, 1 Η ) « 3.04 ( s, 1 Η ) , 3.81 (s, 3H) , 4.05 (t, 2H) , 4.54 (m, lH) - 5.70 ( s, 1H ) , 6.01 (s, lH) · 7.03 (d, 2H ) > 7.89 ( d, 2H ). OHC-tCH^-O^Q-COOCHa °^(CH2)5-0^-C00CH3 (RM6-B) THF/H20 (RM6-C) -56- 201219379 attached to the cooling tube 35 ml of ethanol was added to the 〇ml-shaped flask, and the compound obtained above (6-(:) 1.58 (4.7111111〇1), and 1 〇/() aqueous solution of 5 ml as a mixture was carried out at 8 5 After the reaction was completed, the reaction was completed. After adding 300 ml of water and a reaction liquid in a 500 ml beaker, stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then dropping 5 ml of a 10% aqueous solution of H c 1 and filtering to obtain white. Solid 1.3 g. Next, a white solid l.lg, Amberlyst (registered trademark) 15 (R〇hm and Haas Company trade name), 〇g, and THF 20_0ml were added as a mixture in a 50 ml eggplant-shaped flask equipped with a cooling tube. 'Agitated and reacted at 7 ° C for 5 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure and the solvent was evaporated from the solvent to give a yellow solid. The yellow solid was recrystallized (hexane / ethyl acetate After purification of the ester = 1 /1 (v/v)), -9 g of a white solid was obtained. The NMR measurement results of the solid were as follows. The white solid was identified as the compound of the following formula (RM6-D). The yield was 7 1 % » 】H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 1.2-1.8 (m,8H), 2.60 (m , 1Η ) > 3.09 ( m, 1Η ) > 4.04( m, 2H ) » 4.55 ( m, 1H )> 5.69 ( s, 1H ) > 6.02 ( s, 1H ) , 6.99 ( d,2H) > ; 7.88 (d, 2H ) , 12.5 ( s, broad, 1 H ). [化43] _5一. 伽.CH3 ^^(4) I. Public deletion (RM6-C) THF (RM6-D) The compound obtained above (RM6-D) 21.1 g (69.3 mmol), 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol 5.0 g (34.7 mmol), N,N-dimethyl-4-amine-57-201219379-based pyridine (DMAP) 0.35g and a small amount of BHT were stirred in room temperature with stirring at room temperature, and then added to the cyclohexane carbodiimide (DCC) 15.5g (75.0) dissolved in dichloromethane 50 ml. Ment), stirring for 48 hours to carry out the reaction. After the reaction is finished, the precipitated DCC urea is separated by filtration. The filtrate is sequentially treated with 60 ml of 0.5 N-HC1 and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated brine twice. After washing and drying with magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off and then recrystallized from ethanol to give the following. The polymerizable compound (RM6) represented by the reaction formula was 20.1 g. The results of measurement by NMR are shown below. The yield was also 81%.
*H-NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.15 ( m, 4H ) ,1.50 ( m,8H ),1.66 ( m,2H) ,1.79 ( m,8H) ,1.92 ( m,4H), 2.60 ( m, 2H ) ,3.08(m,2H) ,4.01(m,4H) ,4.12( m, 4H ) > 4.53 ( m, 2H ) ,5.63 ( d, 2H ) > 6.24 ( d, 2H ) ,6.89 ( d,4H ) ,7.97 ( d,4H )。 [化 44]*H-NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.15 ( m, 4H ) , 1.50 ( m,8H ), 1.66 ( m,2H) , 1.79 ( m,8H) , 1.92 ( m,4H), 2.60 ( m, 2H ) , 3.08 (m, 2H), 4.01 (m, 4H), 4.12 ( m, 4H ) > 4.53 ( m, 2H ) , 5.63 ( d, 2H ) > 6.24 ( d, 2H ) , 6.89 ( d, 4H ), 7.97 (d, 4H). [化44]
(聚合性化合物(RM7 )之合成)(Synthesis of Polymerizable Compound (RM7))
將上述方法所得之化合物(RM6-D) 6.1g(20.0mmol )、4-〔 ( 6—丙烯氧基)己基氧基〕酚(SYNTHONThe compound obtained by the above method (RM6-D) 6.1 g (20.0 mmol), 4-[(6-propenyloxy)hexyloxy]phenol (SYNTHON)
Chemicals公司)5.3g ( 20.0mmol) 、N,N-二甲基-4-胺基 吡啶(DMAP ) O.lg、及少量BHT在室溫進行攪拌下,懸浮 -58- 201219379 於二氯甲烷l〇〇ml,於此加入溶解二環己基碳二亞胺( DCC ) 5.1g ( 25.0mmol )之溶液並經一晚攪拌。將析出之 DCC脲經過濾分離,將該濾液以0.5N-HC1 100ml、飽和碳 酸氫鈉水溶液l〇〇ml、飽和食鹽水15 0ml之順序進行2次洗 淨,以硫酸鎂乾燥後,在減壓下使溶劑餾去,得到黃色固 體。將該固體藉由二氧化矽管柱層析(管柱:矽膠60 0.063-0.200mm莫克公司製之溶離液:己烷/乙酸乙酯=1/1 )進行純化。餾去於此所得之溶液的溶劑,得到下述反應 式所示聚合性化合物(RM7 ) 4.3g。以NMR進行測定之結 果如以下所示。又產率爲39%。Chemicals) 5.3g (20.0mmol), N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (DMAP) O.lg, and a small amount of BHT stirred at room temperature, suspension -58-201219379 in dichloromethane To 〇〇ml, a solution of 5.1 g (25.0 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) was added thereto and stirred overnight. The precipitated DCC urea was separated by filtration, and the filtrate was washed twice with 0.5 N-HC1 100 ml, saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate aqueous solution 100 ml, and saturated brine (150 ml), dried over magnesium sulfate, and then reduced. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give a yellow solid. The solid was purified by column chromatography on silica gel column (column: yttrium 60 0.063-0.200 mm, Moker Co., Ltd., hexane/ethyl acetate = 1/1). The solvent of the solution thus obtained was distilled off to obtain 4.3 g of a polymerizable compound (RM7) represented by the following reaction formula. The results of measurement by NMR are shown below. The yield was also 39%.
1H NMR(CDC13) δ: 1.53 (m, 10H) > 1.72 ( m, 2H1H NMR (CDC13) δ: 1.53 (m, 10H) > 1.72 ( m, 2H
[化 45][化45]
一 0 (CH2)5*~~〇~^r^'^ooH + HO Ο o - 仰2)6_〇"^^ (RMG-D)A 0 (CH2)5*~~〇~^r^'^ooH + HO Ο o - Yang 2)6_〇"^^ (RMG-D)
〇·—(CH^-O* (聚合性化合物(RM8 )之合成) 將下述反應式所示化合物(RM8-A) 2.1β(7·3ΐηΠ1 -59- 201219379 )、化合物(RM8-B) 2.5g(7.3mmol) 、DMAP 0.015g 及 少量BHT在室溫進行攪拌下,懸浮於二氯甲烷30ml,於此 加入溶解於二氯甲烷5ml之DCC 1.8g(9.0mmol)並進行一 晚攪拌後,過濾分離經析出之DCC脲,將該濾液依順序以 各50ml的0.5N-HC1與飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液與飽和食鹽水進 行2次洗淨,以硫酸鎂乾燥後,餾去溶劑後以乙醇進行再 結晶操作,得到下述反應式所示聚合性化合物(RM8 ) 1.3g。以NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。又產率爲30% 〇 1H NMR ( CDC13 ) ) : δ 1.40-1.90 ( m, 14H ) , 2.64〇·—(CH^-O* (synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM8)) The compound represented by the following reaction formula (RM8-A) 2.1β(7·3ΐηΠ1 -59- 201219379 ), compound (RM8-B) 2.5 g (7.3 mmol), DMAP 0.015 g, and a small amount of BHT were stirred at room temperature, and suspended in 30 ml of dichloromethane. After adding 1.8 g (9.0 mmol) of DCC dissolved in 5 ml of dichloromethane and stirring for one night. The precipitated DCC urea was separated by filtration, and the filtrate was washed twice with 50 ml of 0.5 N-HC1 and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated brine twice, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then evaporated. The recrystallization operation was carried out to obtain 1.3 g of the polymerizable compound (RM8) represented by the following reaction formula. The results of measurement by NMR are shown below. The yield was 30% 〇1H NMR (CDC13)): δ 1.40-1.90 (m, 14H), 2.64
(m, 1H ) > 3.07 ( m, 1 H ) ,4.00(t,2H) > 4.05 ( t, 2H ),4.18 ( t,2H) « 4.54 ( m, 1H ) > 5.83 ( d, 1H ), 6.14 ( m, 1 H ) ,6.25(d,lH) ,6.37(d,lH) > 6.97 ( d, 2H ) ’ 7.26 ( d, 2H ) ,7.50 ( d, 2H ) ’ 7.57 ( d, 2H ), 8. 1 7 ( d,2H )。 [化 46] (RM8-A) ° (RM8-B) 0 DCX/DMAP V V 陶π。人多 (RM8) (聚合性化合物(RM9)之合成) 於附有冷卻管之l〇〇ml茄形燒瓶中加入4-羥基苯甲醒 6.1 g ( 50mmol ) 、6,溴-卜己醇 9.1g ( 50mmol)、碳酸鉀 -60- 201219379 13.8g( lOOmmol)、及丙酮100ml作爲混合物,在64°C — 邊進行24小時攪拌一邊使其反應。反應終了後,在減壓下 將溶劑餾去後得到黃色濕潤固體。其後混合該固體與水 70ml,加入二乙基醚50ml並萃取。萃取進行3次。 經分液的有機層,加入無水硫酸鎂使其乾燥,過濾後 在減壓下使溶劑餾去,得到黃色固體。將該固體溶解於乙 酸乙酯5ml,管柱層析(管柱:矽膠60 0.063-0.200mm Merck製之溶離液:己烷/乙酸乙酯= 2/1)進行純化。於此 由所得之溶液餾去溶劑,得到白色固體7.4g。將該固體以 NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。由結果確認該白色固體 爲下述反應式所示化合物(RM9-A)。產率爲67%。 1H NMR ( DMSO-d6 ) δ : 1 .55 ( m,4H ),1.62 ( m, 2H ) ,1.84 ( m, 2H >,3.67 ( t, 2H ) > 4.05 ( t, 2H ), 4.20 ( t, 2H ) ,7.00 ( d,2H) ,7.84 ( d,2H) ,9.88 ( s, 1H )。 [化 47] /=\ Br-(CH2)6-OH /==\(m, 1H ) > 3.07 ( m, 1 H ) , 4.00 (t, 2H) > 4.05 ( t, 2H ), 4.18 ( t, 2H) « 4.54 ( m, 1H ) > 5.83 ( d, 1H ), 6.14 ( m, 1 H ) , 6.25 (d, lH) , 6.37 (d, lH) > 6.97 ( d, 2H ) ' 7.26 ( d, 2H ) , 7.50 ( d, 2H ) ' 7.57 ( d, 2H ), 8. 1 7 ( d, 2H ). [RM46-A) ° (RM8-B) 0 DCX/DMAP V V Tao π. Personnel (RM8) (synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM9)) Add 4-hydroxybenzamide to 6.1 g (50 mmol), 6, bromo-p-hexanol 9.1 in a l〇〇ml eggplant-shaped flask with a cooling tube. g (50 mmol), potassium carbonate-60-201219379 13.8 g (100 mmol), and acetone 100 ml as a mixture were reacted at 64 ° C for 24 hours while stirring. After the completion of the reaction, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give a yellow, wet solid. Thereafter, 70 ml of the solid and water were mixed, and 50 ml of diethyl ether was added and extracted. The extraction was carried out 3 times. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered, and then evaporated. The solid was dissolved in 5 ml of ethyl acetate, and purified by column chromatography (column: silica gel 0.0 0.063-0.200 mm Merck solvent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 2 / 1). The solvent was evaporated from the obtained solution to give 7.4 g of a white solid. The results of measurement of the solid by NMR are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the white solid was a compound (RM9-A) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 67%. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 1.55 (m, 4H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.84 (m, 2H >, 3.67 (t, 2H ) > 4.05 ( t, 2H ), 4.20 ( t, 2H ) , 7.00 ( d, 2H) , 7.84 ( d, 2H) , 9.88 ( s, 1H ). [Chem. 47] /=\ Br-(CH2)6-OH /==\
H〇l/-CH〇 〇HC 人/〇—(CH2)6 一 0H (RM9.A) 於5 0ml三口燒瓶中混合化合物(RM9-A)2·2g、三乙 胺1.71111、8111'0.211^及7'1^1〇1111並溶解。該溶液之攪拌下 ,將丙烯酸氯化物(acryioy1 chloride) 〇.8ml溶解於 THFlOml的溶液經15分鐘滴入。此時,將三口燒瓶以水浴 (水溫2 0 °C )冷卻。滴入後,在該狀態下直接進行3 0分鐘 201219379 攪拌後,將燒瓶由水浴取出,由氮氣取代並在室溫下再進 行3小時攪拌使其反應。過濾該反應液’將濾液減壓濃縮 至3/4的容量後加入二氯甲烷100ml。將該溶液以飽和碳酸 鈉溶液l〇〇ml、0_5N的鹽酸100ml、飽和食鹽水l〇〇ml的順 序進行洗淨,以硫酸鎂乾燥後,餾去溶劑後得到黃色固體 。將該固體溶解於乙酸乙酯3ml,管柱層析(管柱:矽膠 60 0.063 -0.200mm Merck製之溶離液:己烷/乙酸乙酯= 2/1 )進行純化。於此由所得之溶液餾去溶劑’得到白色 固體2.0g »將該固體以NMR.進行測定之結果如以下所示。 由結果確認該白色固體爲下述反應式所示化合物(RM9-B )。產率爲7 2 %。H〇l/-CH〇〇HC Human/〇-(CH2)6 - 0H (RM9.A) In a 50 ml three-necked flask, compound (RM9-A) 2·2g, triethylamine 1.71111, 8111'0.211^ And 7'1^1〇1111 and dissolved. Under stirring of the solution, a solution of 8 g of acryioy1 chloride dissolved in THF 10 ml was added dropwise over 15 minutes. At this time, the three-necked flask was cooled in a water bath (water temperature of 20 ° C). After the dropwise addition, the mixture was directly subjected to 30 minutes in this state. After stirring at 1919379, the flask was taken out from a water bath, replaced with nitrogen, and stirred at room temperature for further 3 hours to cause a reaction. The reaction solution was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of 3/4, and then 100 ml of dichloromethane was added. The solution was washed with a saturated sodium carbonate solution (1 ml), EtOAc (EtOAc) (EtOAc)EtOAc. The solid was dissolved in 3 ml of ethyl acetate, and purified by column chromatography (column: yttrium 60 0.063 - 0.200 mm Merck solvent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 2 / 1). Here, the solvent was distilled off from the obtained solution to obtain a white solid (2.0 g). The solid was measured by NMR. From the results, it was confirmed that the white solid was a compound (RM9-B) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 72%.
1H NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.48 ( m,4H ) ,1.75 ( m,2H ),1.85(m,2H) ,4.05(t,2H) > 4.1 8 ( t, 2H ) - 5.811H NMR (CDC13) δ: 1.48 (m, 4H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H) > 4.1 8 ( t, 2H ) - 5.81
(d, 1 H ) - 6. 1 4 ( m, 1 H ) > 6.3 7 ( d, 1 H ) ,6.99(m,2H ),7.82 ( m,2H ) ,9.88 ( s,1H )。 [化 48] 〇hcO~( <CH2)广 oh(d, 1 H ) - 6. 1 4 ( m, 1 H ) > 6.3 7 ( d, 1 H ) , 6.99 (m, 2H ), 7.82 ( m, 2H ) , 9.88 ( s, 1H ). [化48] 〇hcO~( <CH2) wide oh
Acryloyl Chloride -> EljN, THF 〇hc-〇^ 0-(0¾广 0. (RM9>A) (RM9-B)Acryloyl Chloride -> EljN, THF 〇hc-〇^ 0-(03⁄4广0. (RM9>A) (RM9-B)
其次於附有冷卻管之5 〇ml的茄形燒瓶中’加入與上述 同樣下得到之中間體化合物(RM9-B ) 2_0g ( 7mmol ) ' 2-(溴甲基)丙烯酸 1 .2g ( 7.0mmol ) 、Amberl yst (註冊 商標)15 (Rohm and Haas 商品名)1.2g、THF8.0ml、氯 化錫(II) 1.4g(7mmol)、純水2.0ml作爲混合物,在溫 -62- 201219379 度70°C進行24小時攪拌並使其反應。反應終了後,將反應 液經減壓過濾後與純水60ml混合,於此加入二乙基醚50ml 並進行萃取。萃取進行3次。於萃取後的有機層中加入無 水硫酸鎂使其乾燥,由經減壓過濾後的溶液餾去溶劑後得 到淡褐色之固體。 將該固體溶解於乙酸乙酯3 ml,藉由矽膠管柱層析( 管柱:矽膠60 0.063-0_200mm Merck製之溶離液:己烷/乙 酸乙酯=2/1 )進行純化。由於此所得之溶液餾去溶劑’ 得到白色固體1. 〇 g。該固體以N M R進行測定結果’確認該 白色固體爲下述反應式所示聚合性化合物(RM9 )。產率 爲 4 0 %。Next, in the eggplant-shaped flask of 5 〇ml with a cooling tube, 'the intermediate compound (RM9-B) obtained in the same manner as above was added. 2_0g (7mmol) '2-(bromomethyl)acrylic acid 1.2g (7.0mmol) ), Amberl yst (registered trademark) 15 (Rohm and Haas trade name) 1.2g, THF 8.0ml, tin (II) chloride 1.4g (7mmol), pure water 2.0ml as a mixture, at -62-201219379 degrees 70 The mixture was stirred at ° C for 24 hours and allowed to react. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure, and then mixed with 60 ml of purified water, and 50 ml of diethyl ether was added thereto and extracted. The extraction was carried out 3 times. To the organic layer after extraction, anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added to dryness, and the solvent was filtered off under reduced pressure to give a pale brown solid. This solid was dissolved in 3 ml of ethyl acetate, and purified by a column chromatography (column: silica gel 60 0.063-0-200 mm Merck solvent: hexane / ethyl acetate = 2 / 1). The resulting solution was distilled off to give a white solid. The solid was measured by N M R. The white solid was confirmed to be a polymerizable compound (RM9) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 40%.
1H NMR ( CDC13) δ : 1.48 ( m, 4H) ’ 1.75 ( m, 4H ),2.94 ( m,1H) - 3.39 ( m, 1H ) ,3.95 ( t,2H), 4.17 (t,2H) ,5.45(t,lH) ,5.68(m,lH) ,5.83(m, 1 H ) > 6.13 ( m, 1H ) · 6.30 ( m, 1H ) > 6.40 ( d, 1H ) ’ 6.88 ( d, 2H ) ,7.26 ( m, 2H )。 [化 49] O—(CH2)6—ο (RM9-B)1H NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.48 ( m, 4H) ' 1.75 ( m, 4H ), 2.94 ( m, 1H) - 3.39 ( m, 1H ) , 3.95 ( t, 2H), 4.17 (t, 2H) , 5.45 (t,lH) , 5.68 (m,lH) , 5.83 (m, 1 H ) > 6.13 ( m, 1H ) · 6.30 ( m, 1H ) > 6.40 ( d, 1H ) ' 6.88 ( d, 2H ) , 7.26 ( m, 2H ). [化49] O—(CH2)6—ο (RM9-B)
SnCl2 Amberlyst 15 THF/H20SnCl2 Amberlyst 15 THF/H20
(聚合性化合物(RM10)之合成) -63- 201219379 將與上述同樣方法所得之化合物(RM6-D ) 22.0g ( 7 2.4 m m ο 1 ) 、1,4-苯基二甲醇 5.0g(36.2mmol) 、N,N -二 甲基-4-胺基批D定(DMAP) 0.35g及少量BHT在室溫進行攪 拌下,懸浮於二氯甲烷100ml,於此加入溶解於二氯甲烷 50ml 之二環己基碳二亞胺(DCC) 17.0g(80.〇mm〇l)並 進行48小時攪拌使其反應。反應終了後,過濾分離經析出 之DCC脲,將該濾液依順序,以各60ml的0.5N-HC1與飽和 碳酸氫鈉水溶液與飽和食鹽水進行2次洗淨,以硫酸鎂乾 燥後,餾去溶劑後以乙醇進行再結晶操作,得到下述反應 式所示聚合性化合物(RM10 ) 16.6g。以NMR進行測定之 結果如以下所示。又,產率爲65%。(Synthesis of Polymerizable Compound (RM10)) -63- 201219379 The compound (RM6-D) obtained in the same manner as above was 22.0 g (7 2.4 mm ο 1 ), 1,4-phenyldimethanol 5.0 g (36.2 mmol) , N,N-dimethyl-4-amino group D (DMAP) 0.35g and a small amount of BHT were stirred at room temperature, suspended in 100ml of dichloromethane, and dissolved in 50ml of dichloromethane Cyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) 17.0 g (80. 〇mm〇l) was stirred for 48 hours to cause a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, the precipitated DCC urea was separated by filtration, and the filtrate was washed twice with 0.5 ml of 0.5 N-HC1 and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After the solvent was recrystallized from ethanol, 16.6 g of a polymerizable compound (RM10) represented by the following reaction formula was obtained. The results of measurement by NMR are shown below. Also, the yield was 65%.
'H-NMR ( CDC13) δ : 1.46 ( m, 12H) ,1.80 ( m,4H ),2.60 ( m, 2Η ) ,3.08 ( m, 2Η ) ,4.01 ( m,4H ), 4.56 ( m, 2H ) ,5.34 ( s, 4H ) ,5.63 ( d, 2H ) ,6.23 ( d, 2H ) ,6.90 ( d, 4H ) ,7.46 ( s, 4H ),8.00 ( d,4H)。 [化 50]'H-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.46 ( m, 12H) , 1.80 ( m, 4H ), 2.60 ( m, 2Η ) , 3.08 ( m, 2Η ) , 4.01 ( m, 4H ), 4.56 ( m, 2H ) , 5.34 ( s, 4H ) , 5.63 ( d, 2H ) , 6.23 ( d, 2H ) , 6.90 ( d, 4H ) , 7.46 ( s, 4H ), 8.00 ( d, 4H). [化 50]
/==\ /=rv DCC/DMAP + T^{CH2)s—〇-^\-c〇OH __gHA · (RM6-D) (RM10) (聚合性化合物(RM 1 1 )之合成) 將與上述同樣方法所得之化合物(RM6-D ) 6.1g ( 20 . Ommol ) 、4,4’-聯苯基二甲醇 2.1g( lO.Ommol) 、N,N- 二甲基-4-胺基吡啶(DMAP) 0.15g及少量BHT在室溫進行 -64- 201219379 攪拌下’懸浮於二氯甲烷50ml,於此加入溶解於二氯甲烷 25ml之二環己基碳二亞胺(DCC) 5.3g(25. Ommol )並進 行48小時攪拌使其反應。反應終了後,過濾分離經析出之 DCC脲,將該濾液依順序,以各60ml的0.5N-HC1與飽和碳 酸氫鈉水溶液與飽和食鹽水進行2次洗淨,以硫酸鎂乾燥 後,餾去溶劑後以乙醇進行再結晶操作,得到下述反應式 所示聚合性化合物(RM 1 1 ) 6 · 4g。以NMR進行測定之結果 如以下所示。又,產率爲8 1 %。/==\ /=rv DCC/DMAP + T^{CH2)s—〇-^\-c〇OH __gHA · (RM6-D) (RM10) (synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM 1 1 )) The compound obtained by the same method (RM6-D) 6.1g (20. Ommol), 4,4'-biphenyldimethanol 2.1g (10.Ommol), N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (DMAP) 0.15g and a small amount of BHT were carried out at room temperature-64-201219379 under stirring, suspended in 50 ml of dichloromethane, and then added to a solution of 25 ml of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) 5.3 g (25). Ommol) and stirred for 48 hours to react. After the completion of the reaction, the precipitated DCC urea was separated by filtration, and the filtrate was washed twice with 0.5 ml of 0.5 N-HC1 and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was then subjected to recrystallization operation in ethanol to obtain a polymerizable compound (RM 1 1 ) 6 · 4 g represented by the following reaction formula. The results of measurement by NMR are shown below. Also, the yield was 81%.
H-NMR ( CDC13) δ : 1.48 ( m, 12H) ,1.75 ( m,4H )’ 2.60 ( m, 2H ) ,3.08 ( m, 2H ) ,4.01 ( m, 4H ), 4.55 ( m, 2H ) ,5.38 ( s,4H) ,5.63 ( d,2H) ,6.23 ( d, 2H ) ,6.89 ( d, 4H ) ,7.51 ( d,4H) ,7.62 ( d, 4H ) ,8.05 (d,4H )。 [化 51] (CHJ-OH +H-NMR (CDC13) δ: 1.48 (m, 12H), 1.75 (m, 4H )' 2.60 ( m, 2H ) , 3.08 ( m, 2H ) , 4.01 ( m, 4H ), 4.55 ( m, 2H ) , 5.38 ( s, 4H) , 5.63 ( d, 2H) , 6.23 ( d, 2H ) , 6.89 ( d, 4H ) , 7.51 ( d, 4H) , 7.62 ( d, 4H ) , 8.05 (d, 4H ). [化51] (CHJ-OH +
(CH2)5-〇 (RM6-D) DCC/DMAP COOH CH2Cl2 · HO-(CH2)(CH2)5-〇 (RM6-D) DCC/DMAP COOH CH2Cl2 · HO-(CH2)
(CH2)5-(CH2)5-
P :ch2)-0 -(CH2)jP :ch2)-0 -(CH2)j
(RM11) (聚合性化合物(RM12 )之合成) 將與上述同樣方法所得之化合物(RM6-D ) 6.1g ( 20.Ommol ) 、4,4’-二經基二苯甲酮 2.1g ( lO.Ommol)、 Ν,Ν-二甲基-4-胺基吡啶(DMAP) O.lg、及少量BHT在室 溫進行攪拌下,懸浮於二氯甲烷80ml,於此加入溶解二環 己基碳二亞胺(DCC ) 5.2g ( 24_0mmol )之溶液並進行一 -65- 201219379 晚攪拌。將析出之DCC脲經過濾分離,將該濾液以0.5N-HC1 5 0ml、飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液50ml、飽和食鹽水l〇〇mi 之順序進行2次洗淨,以硫酸鎂乾燥後,在減壓下使溶劑 餾去,得到黃色固體。將該固體使用乙醇進行再結晶而純 化,得到白色固體6.2g。將該固體以NMR進行測定之結果 如以下所示。由該結果確認,該白色固體爲下述反應式所 示聚合性化合物(RM12 )。產率爲79%。 1H NMR ( CDC13) δ : 1.45- 1.95 ( m, 16H) ,2.58 ( m, 2H ) ,3.07 ( m,2H) ,4.05 ( t,4H) ,4.54 ( m,2H) ,5.64 ( s, 2H ) ,6.24 ( s,2H) ,6.98 ( d, 4H ) ,7.32 ( d,4H) ,7.91(d,4H) ,8.18(d,4H)。 [化 52](RM11) (Synthesis of Polymerizable Compound (RM12)) The compound (RM6-D) obtained in the same manner as above was 6.1 g (20 mmol), and 4,4'-dibenzobenzophenone 2.1 g (10) .Ommol), hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (DMAP) O.lg, and a small amount of BHT were stirred at room temperature and suspended in 80 ml of dichloromethane, and dissolved dicyclohexyl carbon was added thereto. A solution of imipenem (DCC) 5.2 g (24_0 mmol) was stirred at -65-201219379 overnight. The precipitated DCC urea was separated by filtration, and the filtrate was washed twice with 0.5 N-HC1 50 ml, 50 ml of a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give a yellow solid. The solid was recrystallized from ethanol and purified to give 6.2 g of a white solid. The results of measurement of the solid by NMR are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the white solid was a polymerizable compound (RM12) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 79%. 1H NMR (CDC13) δ: 1.45- 1.95 (m, 16H), 2.58 (m, 2H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 4.05 (t, 4H), 4.54 (m, 2H), 5.64 (s, 2H) , 6.24 ( s, 2H) , 6.98 ( d, 4H ) , 7.32 ( d, 4H) , 7.91 (d, 4H), 8.18 (d, 4H). [化52]
(RM12) (聚合性化合物(RM13 )之合成) 於附有冷卻管之5 00ml的茄形燒瓶中加入4-羥基苯甲 醒 12.2g(100mmol) 、1、6-二溴己院12.2吕(5〇111111〇1)、 碳酸鉀16.0g ( 1 16mmol )、丙酮150ml作爲混合物,在溫 度64°C—邊進行48小時攪拌一邊使其反應。將反應溶液過 濾後在減壓下使溶劑餾去,得到淡褐色之濕潤固體1 5.4g 。將該固體以NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。由該結果 -66- 201219379 確認,該固體爲下述反應式所示化合物(RM 1 3 - A )。產 率爲94%。 *H-NMR ( CDC13) δ : 1.49 ( m, 4H ) ,1.77 ( m,4H) ,4.12 ( t,4H) « 7.10 ( d, 2H ) > 7.86 ( d, 2H ) > 9.87 ( s,2H )。 [化 53] H0-〇-0 士::,ohc^-o-cch^o^-cho (RM13-A) 其次,於附有冷卻管之l〇〇ml的茄形燒瓶中加入與上 述同樣所得之化合物(RM13-A) 3.3g(10.0mmol) 、2-( 溴甲基)丙烯酸3.3g ( 20.0mmol) 、Amberlyst (註冊商標 )15 (Rohm and Haas 商品名)3.0g、THF32.0ml、氯化 錫(II ) 3.8g ( 20.0mmol )、純水8 · 0ml作爲混合物,在溫 度7(TC進行24小時攪拌並使其反應。反應終了後,將反應 液經減壓過濾後與純水60ml混合,於此加入二乙基醚70ml 並萃取。萃取進行3次。於萃取後的有機層中加入無水硫 酸鎂使其乾燥,由經減壓過濾後的溶液餾去溶劑後得到淡 褐色之固體。 將該固體溶解於乙酸乙酯l〇ml,藉由矽膠管柱層析( 管柱:矽膠60 0.063-0.200mm Merck製之溶離液:己烷/乙 酸乙酯=1 /1 )進行純化。由於此所得之溶液餾去溶劑, 得到白色固體2.6g。將該固體以NMR進行測定之結果如以 下所示。由該結果確認,該白色固體爲下述反應式所示聚 -67- 201219379 合性化合物(RM 1 3 )。產率爲5 5 %。 1H-NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.54 ( m,4H ) ,1.80 ( m,4H) ,2.94 ( m, 2H ) ,3.35 ( m, 2H ) ,3.97 ( t, 4H ) ,5.47 (m, 2H ) > 5.68 ( m, 2H ) ,6.30 ( m,2H) - 6.88 ( d, 4H ) ,7.26 ( d,4H )。 [化 54](RM12) (Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM13)) Add 4-hydroxybenzoic acid to 12.2 g (100 mmol) and 1,6-dibromohexanol 12.2 liters in a 500 ml eggplant-shaped flask with a cooling tube. 5〇111111〇1), potassium carbonate 16.0 g (1 16 mmol) and acetone 150 ml were mixed as a mixture, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 64 ° C for 48 hours to cause a reaction. After the reaction solution was filtered, the solvent was evaporated to dryness, m. The results of measurement of the solid by NMR are shown below. From the result -66-201219379, it was confirmed that the solid was a compound (RM 1 3 - A ) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield is 94%. *H-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.49 ( m, 4H ) , 1.77 ( m, 4H) , 4.12 ( t, 4H) « 7.10 ( d, 2H ) > 7.86 ( d, 2H ) > 9.87 ( s, 2H). H0-〇-0 士::, ohc^-o-cch^o^-cho (RM13-A) Next, in the eggplant-shaped flask with a cooling tube of l〇〇ml, the same as above The obtained compound (RM13-A) 3.3 g (10.0 mmol), 2-(bromomethyl)acrylic acid 3.3 g (20.0 mmol), Amberlyst (registered trademark) 15 (Rohm and Haas trade name) 3.0 g, THF 32.0 ml, Tin (II) chloride 3.8g (20.0mmol) and pure water 8.0ml were used as a mixture, and the mixture was stirred and reacted at a temperature of 7 (TC for 24 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was filtered under reduced pressure with pure water. After mixing 60 ml, 70 ml of diethyl ether was added thereto and extracted. The extraction was carried out 3 times. The extracted organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was filtered off under reduced pressure to give a pale brown color. The solid was dissolved in 100 ml of ethyl acetate and purified by column chromatography (column: silica gel 60 0.063-0.200 mm Merck solvent: hexane/ethyl acetate = 1 /1). The solvent obtained by distilling off the solvent was obtained, and 2.6 g of a white solid was obtained. The result of the measurement of the solid by NMR is shown below. The white solid is a poly-67-201219379 compound (RM 1 3 ) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield is 55 %. 1H-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.54 ( m, 4H ) , 1.80 (m, 4H) , 2.94 ( m, 2H ) , 3.35 ( m, 2H ) , 3.97 ( t, 4H ) , 5.47 (m, 2H ) > 5.68 ( m, 2H ) , 6.30 ( m, 2H) - 6.88 ( d, 4H), 7.26 (d, 4H). [Chem. 54]
(聚合性化合物(RM14)之合成) 於附有冷卻管之3 00ml茄形燒瓶中加入對甲醛苯甲酸 7.5g ( SO.Ommol) 、2-(漠甲基)丙稀酸 9.1g ( 55.0mmol )、THF80.0ml、氯化錫(II) l〇.5g( UO.Ommol)、及 鹽酸水溶液(1 0 % ) 3 5.0 m 1作爲混合物,在7 〇 °c進行2 4小 時攪拌並使其反應。反應終了後,與純水2 0 0 m 1混合,於 此加入二乙基醚l〇〇ml並萃取。萃取進行3次。 於萃取後的有機層中加入無水硫酸鎂使其乾燥,由減 壓過濾後的溶液餾去溶劑,得到無色固體8.3 g。將該固體 的NMR測定結果如以下所示。由該結果確認,該無色固體 爲下述反應式所示化合物(尺1^114-八)。產率爲76%。 'H-NMR ( DMSO-d6 ) δ : 2.85 ( m, 1H) ,3.50 ( m, 1H) > 5.75 ( m, 1H ) 1 5.80 ( s, 1H) > 6.18 ( s, 1H), -68- 201219379 7.45 ( d, 2H ) ,7.98 ( d, 2H) ' 13.08 ( s, 1H )。 [化 55](Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM14)) 7.5 g (SO.Ommol) of p-formaldehyde benzoic acid and 9.1 g of 2-(glymethyl)propionic acid (55.0 mmol) were added to a 300 ml eggplant-shaped flask equipped with a cooling tube. ), THF 80.0 ml, tin (II) chloride, 5 g (UO.Ommol), and aqueous hydrochloric acid (10%) 3 5.0 m 1 as a mixture, and stirred at 7 ° C for 24 hours. reaction. After the completion of the reaction, it was mixed with pure water of 200 m 1 , and thus diethyl ether l〇〇ml was added thereto and extracted. The extraction was carried out 3 times. Anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added to the organic layer after extraction to dryness, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 8.3 g of a colorless solid. The NMR measurement results of the solid are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the colorless solid was a compound represented by the following reaction formula (foot 1^114-eight). The yield was 76%. 'H-NMR ( DMSO-d6 ) δ : 2.85 ( m, 1H) , 3.50 ( m, 1H) > 5.75 ( m, 1H ) 1 5.80 ( s, 1H) > 6.18 ( s, 1H), -68 - 201219379 7.45 ( d, 2H ) , 7.98 ( d, 2H) ' 13.08 ( s, 1H ). [化55]
將上述所得之化合物(RM14-A) 2_4g(11.0mmol) 、1,6 -己二醇 0.6g(5_0mmol) 、N,N-二甲基-4-胺基吡啶 (•DMAP) 0.05g及少量BHT在室溫進行攪拌下,懸浮於二 氯甲烷10ml’於此加入溶解於二氯甲烷5ml的二環己基碳 二亞胺(DCC) 2.5g( 12.0mmol ),並進行48小時攪拌使 其反應。反應終了後,過濾分離經析出之DCC脲,將該濾 液依順序,以各60ml的0.5N-HC1與飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液與 飽和食鹽水進行2次洗淨’以硫酸鎂乾燥後,餾去溶劑後 以乙醇進行再結晶操作,得到下述反應式所示聚合性化合 物(RM14 ) 1.3g。以NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。又 產率爲5 0 %。The above-obtained compound (RM14-A) 2_4g (11.0mmol), 1,6-hexanediol 0.6g (5_0mmol), N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (•DMAP) 0.05g and a small amount BHT was suspended in 10 ml of dichloromethane under stirring at room temperature. 2.5 g (12.0 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 5 ml of dichloromethane was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred for 48 hours to react. . After the completion of the reaction, the precipitated DCC urea was separated by filtration, and the filtrate was washed twice with 60 ml of 0.5 N-HC1 and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated brine twice. After the solvent was recrystallized from ethanol, 1.3 g of the polymerizable compound (RM14) represented by the following reaction formula was obtained. The results of measurement by NMR are shown below. The yield was also 50%.
'H-NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.53 ( m, 4H ) ,1.80 ( m,4H )> 2.85 ( m, 2H) ’ 3.45 ( m,2H) ,4.36 ( m,4H), 5.60 ( t, 2H ) ,6.72 ( d,2H) , 6.34 ( d, 2H ) ,7.40 ( d, 4H ) ,8.06 ( d, 4H )。 -69- 201219379 [化 56] + HO—(CH2)6一OH DCC/DMAP CH2C12'H-NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.53 ( m, 4H ) , 1.80 ( m, 4H )> 2.85 ( m, 2H) ' 3.45 ( m, 2H) , 4.36 ( m, 4H), 5.60 ( t, 2H ), 6.72 (d, 2H), 6.34 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 4H), 8.06 (d, 4H). -69- 201219379 + HO—(CH2)6-OH DCC/DMAP CH2C12
X^〇-c〇〇h (RM14-A) (聚合性化合物(RM15 )之合成) 於附有冷卻管之300ml三口燒瓶中放入PCC6_2g ( 28.7mmol )、及C H 2 C121 0 0.0 m並在攪拌混合狀態下,滴入 溶解下述反應式所示化合物(RM15-A) 8.0g(28.7mmol )於CH2C12 ( 30.0ml )的溶液,在室溫下再進行2小時攪 拌。其後,於除去附著於燒瓶壁上的油狀物之溶液中,加 入二乙基醚150ml並減壓過濾後,在減壓下使溶劑餾去, 得到濃綠色濕潤固體。 i 將該固體藉由矽膠管柱層析法(管柱:矽膠60,0.063-0.2 0 0mm,莫克公司製,溶離液:己烷/乙酸乙酯= 1/1)進行 純化。餾去所得之溶液的溶劑,得到無色固體5.7 g。將該 固體以NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。由該結果確認該 無色固體爲下述反應式所示化合物(RM15-B)。產率爲 72%。X^〇-c〇〇h (RM14-A) (Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM15)) PCC6_2g (28.7 mmol) and CH 2 C121 0 0.0 m were placed in a 300 ml three-necked flask equipped with a cooling tube. Under stirring and mixing, a solution of 8.0 g (28.7 mmol) of the compound (RM15-A) shown in the following reaction formula in CH2C12 (30.0 ml) was added dropwise thereto, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, 150 ml of diethyl ether was added to the solution of the oily substance adhering to the wall of the flask, and the mixture was filtered under reduced pressure, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give a concentrated green solid. i The solid was purified by ruthenium column chromatography (column: oxime 60, 0.063-0.20 mm, manufactured by Mock Corporation, eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate = 1/1). The solvent of the obtained solution was evaporated to give 5.7 g of colorless solid. The results of measurement of the solid by NMR are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the colorless solid was a compound (RM15-B) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 72%.
1H NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.50 ( m,2H ) > 1.70( m, 2H )'1 .85 ( m, 2H ) ,2.45 ( m,2H) ,3.80 ( s,3H), 4.00 ( t, 2H ) - 6.25 ( d, 1H ) > 6.83 ( d, 2H ) ,7.45 ( d, 2H) > 7.84 ( d, 1 H ) > 9.80 ( s, 1 H )。 -70- 201219379 [化 57] H〇-(CH2)6-〇-/ ο (RM15-A) 0-CH31H NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.50 ( m, 2H ) > 1.70( m, 2H )'1 .85 ( m, 2H ) , 2.45 ( m, 2H) , 3.80 ( s, 3H), 4.00 ( t, 2H ) - 6.25 ( d, 1H ) > 6.83 ( d, 2H ) , 7.45 ( d, 2H) > 7.84 ( d, 1 H ) > 9.80 ( s, 1 H ). -70- 201219379 [化57] H〇-(CH2)6-〇-/ ο (RM15-A) 0-CH3
PCC OHC—(CH2)5-〇 (RM15-B) O-CHj 其次於附有冷卻管之100ml茄形燒瓶中加入上述所得 之化合物(RM15-B) 5.7g(20.6mmol) 、2-(溴甲基)丙 烯酸 3.4g ( 20.6mmol ) 、1 0 % 鹽酸水溶液 1 6 m 1、T H F 5 0m 1 、及氯化錫(Π) 3.9g(20.6mmol)作爲混合物,溫度在 70°C進行20小時攪拌使其反應。反應終了後,將反應液經 減壓過濾後與純水1 00ml混合,於此加入二乙基醚1 50ml並 萃取。萃取進行3次。 於萃取後的有機層中加入無水硫酸鎂使其乾燥,由減 壓過濾後的溶液餾去溶劑,進行再結晶(己烷/乙酸乙酯 =1/1 ),得到無色固體4.6g。將該固體以NMR進行測定之 結果如以下所示。由該結果確認,該無色固體爲下述反應 式所示聚合性化合物(RM15 )。產率爲65%。 1H NMR ( CDC13) δ : 1.40-1.90 ( m, 8H) ,2.60 ( m, 1H) - 3.05 ( m, 1H ) > 3.80( s, 3H ) ,4.02(t,2H), 4.55 (m,lH) > 5.63 ( s, 1H ) * 6.25 ( s, 1H ) > 6.33 ( d, lH),6.90(d,2H) ,7.45(d,2H) ,7.65(d,lH)。 -71 - 201219379 [化 58]PCC OHC—(CH2)5-〇(RM15-B) O-CHj Next, add the above-obtained compound (RM15-B) 5.7g (20.6mmol), 2-(bromine) to a 100ml eggplant-shaped flask with a cooling tube. Methyl)acrylic acid 3.4 g (20.6 mmol), 10% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution 16 m 1 , THF 5 0 m 1 , and tin chloride (Π) 3.9 g (20.6 mmol) as a mixture, and the temperature was 70 ° C for 20 hours. Stir and react. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered under reduced pressure and mixed with 100 ml of purified water, and then 50 ml of diethyl ether was added and extracted. The extraction was carried out 3 times. Anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added to the organic layer after the extraction, and the mixture was dried. The solvent was evaporated to dryness (yield: hexane/ethyl acetate = 1/1) to afford 4.6 g of colorless solid. The results of measurement of the solid by NMR are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the colorless solid was a polymerizable compound (RM15) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 65%. 1H NMR (CDC13) δ: 1.40-1.90 (m, 8H), 2.60 (m, 1H) - 3.05 ( m, 1H ) > 3.80( s, 3H ) , 4.02 (t, 2H), 4.55 (m, lH > 5.63 ( s, 1H ) * 6.25 ( s, 1H ) > 6.33 ( d, lH), 6.90 (d, 2H) , 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.65 (d, lH). -71 - 201219379 [化58]
(聚合性化合物(RM16)之合成) 於附有冷卻管之200ml茄形燒瓶中加入4-溴丁基-1,3-二噁戊烷 5.0g ( 24.0mmol ) 、2-(溴甲基)丙烯酸4.5g( 27.0mmol ) 、10%鹽酸水溶液191111、1'1^6〇1111、及氯化錫 (II ) 4.7g ( 27.0mmol )作爲混合物,溫度在70°C進行20 小時攪拌使其反應。反應終了後,將反應液經減壓過濾後 與純水100ml混合,於此加入二乙基醚100ml並萃取。萃取 進行3次。 於萃取後的有機層中加入無水硫酸鎂使其乾燥,由減 壓過濾後的溶液餾去溶劑,得到無色液體5.2 g。將該液體 以NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。由該結果確認,該無 色液體爲下述反應式所示化合物(RM 16-A)。產率爲93 % 〇(Synthesis of Polymerizable Compound (RM16)) To a 200 ml eggplant-shaped flask equipped with a cooling tube, 4-bromobutyl-1,3-dioxolane 5.0 g (24.0 mmol), 2-(bromomethyl) was added. 4.5 g (27.0 mmol) of acrylic acid, 10% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution 191111, 1'1^6〇1111, and tin (II) chloride 4.7 g (27.0 mmol) were mixed as a mixture, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C for 20 hours to react. . After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered under reduced pressure and mixed with 100 ml of purified water. The extraction was carried out 3 times. Anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added to the organic layer after extraction to dryness, and the solvent was distilled off from the filtered solution to obtain 5.2 g of a colorless liquid. The results of measurement of the liquid by NMR are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the colorless liquid was a compound (RM 16-A) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield is 93% 〇
1H NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.64 ( m, 4H ) ,1.96 ( m,2H )* 2.06 ( m, 1H ) * 3.07 ( m, 1H ) ,3.44 ( t,2H), 4.55 ( m, 1 H ) ,5.65(s,lH) > 6.25 ( s, 1 H ) » -72- 201219379 [化 59]1H NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.64 ( m, 4H ) , 1.96 ( m, 2H ) * 2.06 ( m, 1H ) * 3.07 ( m, 1H ) , 3.44 ( t, 2H), 4.55 ( m, 1 H ) , 5.65(s,lH) > 6.25 ( s, 1 H ) » -72- 201219379 [化59]
SnCl2/10%HCl(aq) THF T^V-(CH2)4—-Br (RM16-A) 於附有冷卻管之l〇〇ml茄形燒瓶中加入上述所得之化 合物(RM16-A) 4.7g( 20.0mmol ) 、4-甲氧基肉桂酸 3.6g (20.0mmol )、碳酸紳 5.1g(40.0mmol)、及 N,N-二甲基 甲醯胺(DMF ) 50ml作爲混合物,在110°C —邊進行48小 時攪拌一邊使其反應。反應終了後,與純水200ml混合, 於此加入乙酸乙酯50ml並萃取。萃取進行3次。於萃取後 的有機層中加入無水硫酸鎂使其乾燥,由減壓過濾後的溶 液餾去溶劑’得到固體。將該固體溶解於乙酸乙酯1 0ml, 藉由矽膠管柱層析(管柱:矽膠60 0.063-0.200mm Merck 製之溶離液:己烷/乙酸乙酯= 1/1)進行純化。由於此所 得之溶液餾去溶劑,得到白色固體2.8g。將該固體的NMR 測定結果如以下所示。由該結果確認該固體爲下述反應式 所示聚合性化合物(RM 1 6 )。產率爲43 %。SnCl2/10% HCl (aq) THF T^V-(CH2)4--Br (RM16-A) The above-obtained compound (RM16-A) was added to a l〇〇ml eggplant-shaped flask equipped with a cooling tube. g (20.0 mmol), 4-methoxycinnamic acid 3.6 g (20.0 mmol), cesium carbonate 5.1 g (40.0 mmol), and N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) 50 ml as a mixture at 110° C - The reaction was carried out while stirring for 48 hours. After the completion of the reaction, it was mixed with 200 ml of pure water, and 50 ml of ethyl acetate was added thereto and extracted. The extraction was carried out 3 times. Anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added to the organic layer after extraction to dryness, and the solvent was filtered off under reduced pressure to give a solid. The solid was dissolved in 10 ml of ethyl acetate and purified by silica gel column chromatography (column: solvent 60 0.063-0.200 mm Merck solvent: hexane/ethyl acetate = 1/1). Since the solvent thus obtained was evaporated to give a white solid, 2.8 g. The NMR measurement results of this solid are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the solid was a polymerizable compound (RM 1 6 ) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 43%.
1H NMR ( CDC13) δ : 1.50 ( m, 2H ) > 1.75 ( m, 4H )» 2.63 ( m, 1 η ) . 3.05 ( m, 1Η ) > 3.85 ( s, 3H ) ,4.201H NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.50 ( m, 2H ) > 1.75 ( m, 4H )» 2.63 ( m, 1 η ) . 3.05 ( m, 1Η ) > 3.85 ( s, 3H ) , 4.20
(t,2H) ’ 4.55 ( m,1H),5.65 ( s,1H),6.23 ( s,1H )> 6.50 ( d, i h ),6.90 ( d, 2H),7.45 ( d,2H) * 7.66 (d, 1H)。 -73- 201219379 [化 60](t,2H) ' 4.55 ( m,1H), 5.65 ( s,1H), 6.23 ( s,1H )> 6.50 ( d, ih ), 6.90 ( d, 2H), 7.45 ( d,2H) * 7.66 (d, 1H). -73- 201219379 [化60]
(聚合性化合物(RM 1 7 )之合成) 於附有冷卻管之200ml茄形燒瓶中加入4-溴丁基-1,3-二噁戊烷 9.4g ( 45.0mmol )、反-4-苯基肉桂酸l〇.〇g ( 45 . Ommol )、碳酸鉀 12.0g(90.0mmol)、及 DMFlOOml 作 爲混合物,在110 °C —邊進行48小時攪拌一邊使其反應。 反應終了後,與純水1 00ml混合,得到固體。過濾該固體 ,加入乙醇50ml作爲混合物並過濾。由減壓過瀘後的溶液 餾去溶劑,得到固體6.2g。將該固體的NMR測定結果如以 下所示。由該結果確認,該固體爲下述反應式所示化合物 (RM17-A)。產率爲 40%。(Synthesis of polymerizable compound (RM 1 7)) 4-bromobutyl-1,3-dioxolane 9.4 g (45.0 mmol), trans-4-benzene was added to a 200 ml eggplant-shaped flask equipped with a cooling tube. The cinnamic acid 〇g (45. Ommol), potassium carbonate 12.0 g (90.0 mmol), and DMF 100 ml were mixed as a mixture, and the mixture was reacted at 110 ° C for 48 hours while stirring. After the completion of the reaction, it was mixed with 100 ml of pure water to obtain a solid. The solid was filtered, and 50 ml of ethanol was added as a mixture and filtered. The solvent was distilled off from the solution after reduced pressure to give 6.2 g of a solid. The NMR measurement results of this solid are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the solid was a compound (RM17-A) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 40%.
1H NMR ( CDC13) δ : 1.55 ( m, 2H ) ,1.75 ( m,4H ),3.83 ( m,2H) ,3.98 ( m,2H ) ,4.24 ( t,2H), 4.85 (m, 1H) » 6.45 (d, 1H) ,7.36 (m, 1H) > 7.46 ( m, 2H) ,7.60(m,6H) ,7.75(d,lH)。 -74· 201219379 [化 61]1H NMR (CDC13) δ: 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 4H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.98 (m, 2H), 4.24 (t, 2H), 4.85 (m, 1H) » 6.45 (d, 1H), 7.36 (m, 1H) > 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.60 (m, 6H), 7.75 (d, lH). -74· 201219379 [化61]
其次於附有冷卻管之l〇〇ml茄形燒瓶中加入上述所得 之化合物(RM17-A) 6.2g( 18.0mmol) 、2-(溴甲基)丙 烯酸 3.3g(20.0mmol) 、1〇%鹽酸水溶液101111、1'1^321111 、及氯化錫(Π ) 3.8g ( 20.0mmol )作爲混合物’溫度在 7 0 °C進行20小時攪拌使其反應。反應終了後’將反應液與 純水100ml混合,於此加入二乙基醚50ml並進行萃取。萃 取進行3次。 於萃取後的有機層中加入無水硫酸鎂使其乾燥,由減 壓過濾後的溶液餾去溶劑,進行再結晶(己烷/乙酸乙酯 = 2/1),得到固體3.6g。將該固體以NMR進行測定之結果 如以下所示。由該結果確認,該固體爲下述反應式所示聚 合性化合物(RM 1 7 )。產率爲5 3 %。 1H NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.68 ( m, 6H) > 2.63 ( m, 1Η ),3.07 ( m, 1Η ) > 4.24 ( t, 2Η ) > 4.55 ( m, 1Η ) « 5.64 ( s, 1Η ) > 6.25 ( s, 1Η ) - 6.50 ( d, 1Η ) ,7.36 ( m, 1Η ) > 7.46( m, 2H ) ,7.65(m,6H) ,7.75(d,lH)。 -75- 201219379 [化 62]Next, the compound (RM17-A) obtained above (RM17-A) 6.2 g (18.0 mmol) and 2-(bromomethyl)acrylic acid 3.3 g (20.0 mmol), 1% by weight were placed in a l〇〇ml eggplant-shaped flask equipped with a cooling tube. Aqueous hydrochloric acid solution 101111, 1'1^321111, and tin chloride (Π) 3.8 g (20.0 mmol) were reacted as a mixture at a temperature of 70 ° C for 20 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was mixed with 100 ml of pure water, and 50 ml of diethyl ether was added thereto and extracted. The extraction was carried out 3 times. Anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added to the organic layer after the extraction to dryness, and the solvent was evaporated from the filtrated residue, and then recrystallized (hexane/ethyl acetate = 2/1) to afford 3.6 g of solid. The results of measurement of the solid by NMR are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the solid was a polymerizable compound (RM 1 7 ) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 53%. 1H NMR ( CDC13 ) δ : 1.68 ( m, 6H) > 2.63 ( m, 1Η ), 3.07 ( m, 1Η ) > 4.24 ( t, 2Η ) > 4.55 ( m, 1Η ) « 5.64 ( s, 1Η > 6.25 ( s, 1Η ) - 6.50 ( d, 1Η ) , 7.36 ( m, 1Η ) > 7.46( m, 2H ) , 7.65 (m, 6H) , 7.75 (d, lH). -75- 201219379 [化 62]
(聚合性化合物(RM 1 8 )之合成) 將上述方法所得之化合物(RM6-D) 7.6g(25_0mmol )、乙基4-羥基肉桂酸酯4.8g(25.0mmol) 'Ν,Ν-二甲基-4-胺基吡啶(DMAP) O.lg、及少量BHT在室溫進行攪拌下 ,懸浮於二氯甲烷l〇〇ml,於此加入溶解二環己基碳二亞 胺(DCC ) 6.7g ( 3 2mmol )的溶液後進行一晚攪拌。將析 出之DCC脲經過濾分離,將該濾液以0.5N-HC1 50ml、飽和 碳酸氫鈉水溶液50ml、飽和食鹽水100ml之順序進行2次洗 淨,以硫酸鎂乾燥後,在減壓下使溶劑餾去,得到黃色固 體。將該固體使用乙醇進行再結晶而純化,得到白色固體 7· 1 g。將該固體以NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。由該 結果確認,該白色固體爲下述反應式所示聚合性化合物( 111^18)。產率爲59%。 1H NMR ( CDC13) δ : 1.35 ( t,3H),1·40-1·90 ( m,8H )* 2.60 ( m, 1H ) > 3.08 ( m, 1H ) ,4.05 ( t,2H), 4.25 ( m, 2H ) > 4.55 ( m, 1H ) » 5.64 ( s, 1H ) ,6.22 ( s,lH) > 6.40 ( d, 1 H ) > 6.97 ( d, 2H ) ,7.22(d,2H) > 7.60 ( d, 2H ) - 7.70 ( d, 1H ) ,8.15(d,2H)。 -76- 201219379 [化 63](Synthesis of Polymerizable Compound (RM 18)) The compound obtained by the above method (RM6-D) 7.6 g (25_0 mmol), ethyl 4-hydroxycinnamate 4.8 g (25.0 mmol) 'Ν,Ν-dimethyl 4-Aminopyridine (DMAP) O.lg, and a small amount of BHT were stirred at room temperature, and suspended in 1 ml of dichloromethane, and dissolved in dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) 6.7 g was added thereto. The solution (3 2 mmol) was stirred overnight. The precipitated DCC urea was separated by filtration, and the filtrate was washed twice with 50 N of 0.5 N-HC1, 50 ml of a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and 100 ml of a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, and dried over magnesium sulfate. It was distilled off to give a yellow solid. The solid was purified by recrystallization using ethanol to give a white solid. The results of measurement of the solid by NMR are shown below. From the results, it was confirmed that the white solid was a polymerizable compound (111^18) represented by the following reaction formula. The yield was 59%. 1H NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.35 ( t,3H),1·40-1·90 ( m,8H )* 2.60 ( m, 1H ) > 3.08 ( m, 1H ) , 4.05 ( t,2H), 4.25 ( m, 2H ) > 4.55 ( m, 1H ) » 5.64 ( s, 1H ) , 6.22 ( s, lH) > 6.40 ( d, 1 H ) > 6.97 ( d, 2H ) , 7.22 (d, 2H > 7.60 ( d, 2H ) - 7.70 ( d, 1H ) , 8.15 (d, 2H). -76- 201219379 [Chem. 63]
(聚合性化合物(RM19)之合成) 將上述方法所得之化合物(RM6-D ) 7.3g ( 24.0mmol )、甲基4 -經基-3 -甲氧基肉桂酸醋5.0g(24.0mmol)、 N,N-二甲基-4-胺基吡啶(DMAP ) 0· 1 g、及少量BHT在室 溫進行攪拌下’懸浮於二氯甲烷1 00ml,於此加入溶解二 環己基碳一亞胺(DCC) 6.4g(31_0mmol)的溶液並進行 一晚攪拌。將析出之DCC脲經過濾分離,將該濾液以0.5N- HC1 100ml、飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液i00ml、飽和食鹽水 150ml之順序進行2次洗淨,以硫酸鎂乾燥後,在減壓下使 溶劑餾去’得到黃色固體。將該固體藉由再結晶(乙醇) 進行純化’得到下述反應式所示聚合性化合物(RM 1 9 ) 6 · 1 g。以NMR進行測定之結果如以下所示。又產率爲5 1 % 〇 1H NMR(CDC13) δ: 1.40-1.90 (m, 8H) > 2.58 ( m, 1H) J 3.08 ( m, in ) ,3.80(m,6H) ,4.05(t,2H), 4.55 (m,lH) « 5.62 ( s, 1 H ) > 6.22 ( s, 1H ) - 6.42 ( d, 1H) > 6.97 ( d, 2H ) ,7.18(m,3H) > 7.65 ( d, 1H ), 8. 1 8 ( d, 2H )。 -77- 201219379 [化 64](Synthesis of Polymerizable Compound (RM19)) 7.3 g (24.0 mmol) of the compound (RM6-D) obtained in the above method, and 5.0 g (24.0 mmol) of methyl 4-carbyl-3-methoxycinnamic acid vinegar, N,N-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (DMAP) 0·1 g, and a small amount of BHT were stirred at room temperature under stirring, 1 00 ml of dichloromethane, and dissolved dicyclohexylcarbodiimide was added thereto. (DCC) A solution of 6.4 g (31_0 mmol) was stirred overnight. The precipitated DCC urea was separated by filtration, and the filtrate was washed twice with 0.5 N-HC1 100 ml, saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate aqueous solution i00 ml, and saturated brine 150 ml, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Distilled to give a yellow solid. This solid was purified by recrystallization (ethanol) to obtain a polymerizable compound (RM 1 9 ) 6 · 1 g represented by the following reaction formula. The results of measurement by NMR are shown below. The yield was 5 1 % 〇1H NMR (CDC13) δ: 1.40-1.90 (m, 8H) > 2.58 ( m, 1H) J 3.08 ( m, in ) , 3.80 (m, 6H) , 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.55 (m,lH) « 5.62 ( s, 1 H ) > 6.22 ( s, 1H ) - 6.42 ( d, 1H) > 6.97 ( d, 2H ) , 7.18 (m, 3H) > 7.65 ( d, 1H ), 8. 1 8 ( d, 2H ). -77- 201219379 [Chem. 64]
(聚合性化合物(RM20 )) 將公知下述式所示聚合性化合物作爲聚合性化合物( RM20 )。 [化 65] Ο(Polymerizable Compound (RM20)) A polymerizable compound represented by the following formula is known as a polymerizable compound (RM20). [化65] Ο
(聚合性化合物(RM21 )) 將公知下述式所示聚合性化合物作爲聚合性化合物( RM21 )。 [化 66](Polymerizable Compound (RM21)) A polymerizable compound represented by the following formula is known as a polymerizable compound (RM21). [化66]
(聚合性化合物(RM22 )) 將公知下述式所示聚合性化合物作爲聚合性化合物( RM22 )。 -78- 201219379 [化 67](Polymerizable Compound (RM22)) A polymerizable compound represented by the following formula is known as a polymerizable compound (RM22). -78- 201219379 [Chem. 67]
(聚合性化合物(反M23 )) 將公知下述式所示聚合性化合物作爲聚合性化合物( RM23 )。 [化 68](Polymerizable Compound (Reverse M23)) A polymerizable compound represented by the following formula is known as a polymerizable compound (RM23). [68]
<液晶配向劑的調製> 在下述液晶配向劑之調製所使用的簡稱如以下所示。 BODA:雙環〔3,3,0〕辛烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸二酐 CBDA: 1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐 TCA:下述式所示2,3,5-三殘基環戊基乙酸-I,4: 2,3-二無 水物 -79- 201219379 [化 69]<Preparation of Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent> The abbreviations used in the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent described below are as follows. BODA: Bicyclo[3,3,0]octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride CBDA: 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride TCA: the following formula 2,3,5-trisole cyclopentyl acetic acid-I,4: 2,3-di-anhydrous-79- 201219379 [Chem. 69]
TCA m-PDA: m -伸苯基二胺 P-PDA : p_伸苯基二胺 PCH: 1,3-二胺基-4-〔4-(4-庚基環己基)苯氧基〕苯 DA-1:下述式所示2-(甲基丙烯醯氧基)乙基 3,5-二胺 基苯甲酸酯 [化 70]TCA m-PDA: m-phenylenediamine P-PDA: p_phenylenediamine PCH: 1,3-diamino-4-[4-(4-heptylcyclohexyl)phenoxy] Benzene DA-1: 2-(methacryloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate represented by the following formula [Chem. 70]
DA-2:下述式所示N^N1-二稀丙基苯-1,2,4-三胺 [化 71]DA-2: N^N1-diisopropyl phenyl-1,2,4-triamine represented by the following formula [Chem. 71]
-80- 201219379 DA-3:下述式所示3,5-二胺基安息香酸膽巢烷酯 [化 72]-80- 201219379 DA-3: 3,5-diamino benzoic acid cholestyl ester shown in the following formula [Chem. 72]
NMP: N -甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 BCS:乙二醇二丁醚 又,聚醯亞胺的分子量測定條件如以下所示。 裝置:Senshu科學公司製常溫凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)裝 置(SSC-7200) 管柱:Shodex公司製管柱(KD-803、KD-805)NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone BCS: ethylene glycol dibutyl ether The molecular weight measurement conditions of the polyimine are shown below. Device: room temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC) device manufactured by Senshu Scientific Co., Ltd. (SSC-7200) Column: Shodex column (KD-803, KD-805)
管柱溫度:5(TC 溶離液:N,N’-二甲基甲醯胺(作爲添加劑,溴化鋰-水合 物(LiBr,H20 )爲30mmol/L、磷酸.無水結晶(〇-磷酸) 爲 30mmol/L、四氫呋喃(THF)爲 10ml/L) 流速:1.0ml /分 檢量線作成用標準樣品:Tosho公司製 TSK標準聚環氧 乙烷(分子量約 900,000、 150,000、 100,000、 30,000)、 及Polymer Laboratories Ltd.製 聚乙二醇(分子量 約 12,000 ' 4,000 > 1,000 ) « 又,聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率如以下進行測定。將聚醯 亞胺粉末20mg放入NMR樣品管(草野科學公司製NMR標 -81 · 201219379 準取樣管),添加氘化二甲基亞颯(DMSO-d6、 0.05%TMS混合品)0.53mL,在超音波中使其完全溶解。 將該溶液之500MHz的質子NMR以日本電子DATUM公司製 的NMR測定器(JNW-ECA500 )進行測定。醯亞胺化率係 由來自在醯亞胺化前後無變化的結構之質子作爲基準質子 而決定,使用該質子的波峰積分値、與來自於9.5〜 10. Oppm附近出現的醯胺酸之NH基的質子波峰積分値,依 以下式子求得。對於下述式,X表示來自醯胺酸之NH基的 質子波峰積分値,y表示基準質子的波峰積分値,α表示 聚醯胺酸(醯亞胺化率爲〇% )時的醯胺酸之1個ΝΗ基質子 所對應的基準質子個數比率。 醯亞胺化率(%) = (l-a_x/y) χΙΟΟ (實施例1 ) 將 BODA ( 6 · 0 1 g、2 4 · Ommol ) 、p-PDA ( 2.6 0 g、 24. Ommo 1 ) 、PCH ( 6.85g、1 8 . Ommol ) 、DA-1 ( 4.7 6 g ' 18.0mmol )在NMP ( 81 .5g )中溶解,在80°C進行5小時反 應後,力口入 CBDA ( 6.94g,35.4mmol)與 NMP ( 27.2g), 在40°C進行1 0小時反應後得到聚醯胺酸溶液。於該聚醯胺 酸溶液(135g )中加入NMP並稀釋至6質量%後,作爲醯亞 胺化觸媒加入乙酸酐(18.3g )、及吡啶(.23.6g ),在 5〇°C進行3小時反應。將反應溶液投入於甲醇(1 700ml ) ,過濾出所得之沈澱物。將該沈澱物以甲醇洗淨,以 1 00°C進行減壓乾燥後得到聚醯亞胺粉末(A )。該聚醯亞 -82- 201219379 胺的醯亞胺化率爲60%,數平均分子量爲12000,重量平均 分子量爲39000。 於所得之聚醯亞胺粉末(A ) ( 6.0g )中加入NMP ( 74.0g),在50°C進行12小時攪拌並使其溶解。於溶液加入 BCS ( 20.0g ),在50°C進行5小時攪拌後得到液晶配向劑 (B )。 又,對於上述液晶配向劑(B) lO.Og,添加上述所得 之聚合性化合物(RM1 ) 0.06g (對於固體成分爲1〇質量% ),在室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向 劑(B 1 )。 (實施例2 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 O.Og,添加上述所得之聚合性 化合物(RM2 ) 0.06g (對於固體成分爲10質量%),在室 溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(B2 ) (實施例3 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 0.0g,添加上述所得之聚合性 化合物(RM3 ) 0.06g (對於固體成分爲10質量% ),在室 溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(B3 ) (實施例4 ) -83- 201219379 對於液晶配向劑(B ) l〇. 〇g,添加上述所得之聚合性 化合物(RM4)0.06g (對於固體成分爲10質量。/。),在室 溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(B4 ) (實施例5 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 〇.〇g,添加上述所得之聚合性 化合物(RM5)0.06g (對於固體成分爲1〇質量%),在室 溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(B 5 ) (比較例1 ) 將 BODA ( 4.38g、1 7.5 m m ο 1 ) 、m-PDA ( 2.65g、 2 4.5 m m ο 1 ) 、PCH (4.00g、l〇.5mmol)溶解於 NMP ( 42.8g)中,在80°C進行5小時反應後,加入CBDA(3.22g 、16.5mmol)與NMP ( 14.2g),在40°C進行l〇小時反應後 得到聚醯胺酸溶液。於該聚醯胺酸溶液(70.0g)加入NMP 並稀釋至6質量%後,加入作爲醯亞胺化觸媒之乙酸酐( 17.6g )、及吡啶(5.44g ),在100°C進行3小時反應。將 該反應溶液投入於甲醇(9 00ml ),過濾出所得之沈澱物 。將該沈澱物以甲醇洗淨,在1 00 °C進行減壓乾燥後得到 聚醯亞胺粉末(C)。該聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率爲73%, 數平均分子量爲15000,重量平均分子量爲47000。Column temperature: 5 (TC dissolving solution: N, N'-dimethylformamide (as an additive, lithium bromide-hydrate (LiBr, H20) is 30 mmol/L, phosphoric acid. Anhydrous crystal (〇-phosphoric acid) is 30 mmol /L, tetrahydrofuran (THF) is 10 ml / L) Flow rate: 1.0 ml / minute calibration line Standard sample: Tosho company TSK standard polyethylene oxide (molecular weight of about 900,000, 150,000, 100,000, 30,000), and Polymer Polyethylene glycol manufactured by Laboratories Ltd. (molecular weight: about 12,000 ' 4,000 > 1,000 ) « In addition, the ruthenium imidization ratio of polyimine was measured as follows. 20 mg of polyimine powder was placed in an NMR sample tube (Grassino Scientific company NMR standard -81 · 201219379 quasi-sampling tube), add 0.53mL of deuterated dimethyl hydrazine (DMSO-d6, 0.05% TMS mixture), completely dissolve it in ultrasonic wave. 500MHz of this solution The proton NMR was measured by an NMR measuring instrument (JNW-ECA500) manufactured by JEOL DATUM Co., Ltd. The ruthenium imidization ratio was determined by using protons having a structure which did not change before and after the imidization as a reference proton, and the proton was used. The peak score 値, with from 9.5 10. The proton peak integral NH of the NH group of proline which appears near Oppm is obtained by the following formula. For the following formula, X represents the proton peak integral 値 from the NH group of proline, and y represents the reference proton. The peak integral 値, α represents the ratio of the number of reference protons corresponding to one ruthenium matrix of proline in the case of poly-proline (〇 胺 〇 %). 醯 imidization rate (%) = ( L-a_x/y) χΙΟΟ (Example 1) BODA (6 · 0 1 g, 2 4 · Ommol ) , p-PDA (2.6 0 g, 24. Ommo 1 ), PCH ( 6.85 g, 18. 8 mmol) , DA-1 (4.7 6 g '18.0 mmol) was dissolved in NMP (81.5 g), and after reacting at 80 ° C for 5 hours, CBDA ( 6.94 g, 35.4 mmol) and NMP ( 27.2 g) were added. After the reaction was carried out for 10 hours at 40 ° C, a polyaminic acid solution was obtained. After adding NMP to the polyamic acid solution (135 g) and diluting to 6 mass%, acetic anhydride was added as a ruthenium amide catalyst ( 18.3g) and pyridine (.23.6g) were reacted at 5 ° C for 3 hours. The reaction solution was poured into methanol (1 700 ml), and the resulting precipitate was filtered off. The precipitate was washed with methanol.The polyimine powder (A) was obtained by drying under reduced pressure at 100 °C. The polyazinium-82-201219379 amine has a sulfhydrylation ratio of 60%, a number average molecular weight of 12,000, and a weight average molecular weight of 39,000. NMP (74.0 g) was added to the obtained polyimine powder (A) (6.0 g), and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for 12 hours and dissolved. BCS (20.0 g) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (B). In addition, 0.06 g (100% by mass of the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM1) obtained above was added to the above-mentioned liquid crystal alignment agent (B), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved. The liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) is obtained. (Example 2) 0.06 g (10% by mass of the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM2) obtained above was added to the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 1 O.Og, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and then dissolved. The liquid crystal alignment agent (B2) was prepared. (Example 3) To 0.00.0 g of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B), 0.06 g (10% by mass of the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM3) obtained above was added at room temperature. After stirring for 3 hours, it was dissolved to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent (B3) (Example 4) -83 - 201219379 For the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) l〇. 〇g, the above-mentioned polymerizable compound (RM4) 0.06 was added. g (10 mass% of the solid content), which was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and dissolved to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent (B4) (Example 5) For the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 1 〇.〇g 0.06 g (solid content: 1% by mass) of the polymerizable compound (RM5) obtained above was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent (B 5 ) (Comparative Example 1) BODA ( 4.38g, 1 7.5 mm ο 1 ), m-PDA ( 2.65g, 2 4.5 mm ο 1), PCH (4.00g, l〇.5mmol) was dissolved in NMP (42.8g), and reacted at 80 ° C for 5 hours, then added CBDA (3.22g, 16.5mmol) and NMP ( 14.2g), at 40 After a reaction of ° C for 1 hour, a polyaminic acid solution was obtained. After adding NMP to the polyamic acid solution (70.0 g) and diluting to 6 mass%, acetic anhydride (1.76 g) and pyridine (5.44 g) as a ruthenium amide catalyst were added, and the mixture was carried out at 100 ° C. Hour response. The reaction solution was poured into methanol (900 ml), and the resulting precipitate was filtered. The precipitate was washed with methanol, and dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C to obtain a polyimine powder (C). The polyimine had a ruthenium iodide ratio of 73%, a number average molecular weight of 15,000, and a weight average molecular weight of 47,000.
於所得之聚醯亞胺粉末(C) (6.0g)中,加入NMP -84 - 201219379 (74.0g),在5(TC進行12小時攪拌並使其溶解。於溶液加 入BCS ( 20_0g),在50°C進行5小時攪拌後得到聚醯亞胺 溶液(D )。 又,對於聚醯亞胺溶液(D) 10. 〇g,添加上述所得之 聚合性化合物(RM2) 0.06g (對於固體成分爲1〇質量%) ,在室溫下進行3小時攪拌使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑 (D1 )。 <晶胞的製作> (實施例6 ) 使用實施例1所得之液晶配向劑(B 1 ),進行如下述 所示順序進行晶胞的製作。將實施例1所得之液晶配向劑 (B1)旋轉塗佈於形成畫素尺寸爲ΙΟΟμιηχΒΟΟμηι且線/間 距各5μιη的ΙΤΟ電極圖型之ΙΤΟ電極基板的ΙΤΟ面上,在 80°C的加熱板進行90秒乾燥後,在200°C的熱風循環式烤箱 中進行30分鐘燒成,形成膜厚1 〇〇nm的液晶配向膜。 又,將液晶配向劑(B 1 )旋轉塗佈於未形成電極圖型 的ITO面上,在80°C的加熱板進行90秒乾燥後、在200°C的 熱風循環式烤箱中進行30分鐘燒成,形成膜厚ΙΟΟηιη的液 晶配向膜。 對於上述2片基板,於一方基板的液晶配向膜上散佈 6 μιη的珠子間隔物後,由該上面塗佈密封劑(溶劑型熱硬 化型環氧樹脂)。其次,將形成另一基板的液晶配向膜之 面作爲內側,與先前的基板貼合後,使密封劑硬化後製作 -85- 201219379 出空胞。於該空胞將液晶MLC-6608 (莫克公司製商品名 )藉由減壓注入法注入,在120°C的烤箱中進行Isotropic處 理(藉由加熱之液晶的再配向處理)製作出晶胞。 將所得之晶胞的製作後應答速度藉由下述方法進行測 定。其後,在於該晶胞外加20Vp-p的電壓之狀態下,由晶 胞外側照射通過313nm的帶通濾波器(Band-pass filter) 之UV20J。其後,再次測定應答速度,比較在UV照射前後 之應答速度。晶胞的製作直後(初期)、及照射UV之20J 後(UV20J後)之應答速度的結果如表2所示。 「應答速度的測定方法」 首先,設定爲背光、正交偏光狀態的一組以偏光板、 光量檢測器的順序所構成之測定裝置,於一組偏光板之間 配置晶胞。此時線/間距所形成之IT0電極的圖型對於正交 偏光而言,使其成爲45°之角度。而於上述晶胞外加電壓土 4V、周波數1 kHz之矩形波,藉由光量檢測器所觀測的亮度 到達飽和之變化由不波器(oscilloscope)讀取,未外加電 壓時的亮度爲〇%,外加±4V的電壓,且飽和亮度之値作爲 100%,將亮度自10%變化至90%的時間作爲應答速度。 (實施例7 ) 將燒成溫度由200°C變更爲140°C以外,進行與實施例6 之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速度。 -86- 201219379 (實施例8 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B2 )以外’ 進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速 度。 (實施例9 ) 將燒成溫度由200°C變更爲140°C以外,進行與實施例8 之相同操作’比較在UV照射前後之應答速度。 (實施例1 0 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B 3 )以外, 進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速 度。 (實施例1 1 ) 將燒成溫度由200°C變更爲140 t以外,進行與實施例 1 0之相同操作’比較在UV照射前後之應答速度。 (實施例1 2 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B4 )以外, 進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在Uv照射前後之應答速 度。 (實施例1 3 ) -87- 201219379 將燒成溫度由200°C變更爲l4〇t以外,進行與實施例 12之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速度。 (實施例1 4 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B5 )以外, 進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速 度。 (實施例1 5 ) 將燒成溫度由200°C變更爲140°C以外,進行與實施例 1 4之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速度。 (比較例2 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B )以外, 進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速 度。 (比較例3 ) 將燒成溫度由200°C變更爲140°C以外,進行與比較例2 之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速度。 (比較例4 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(D 1 )以外, 進行與實施例卩之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速 -88- 201219379 度。 (比較例5 ) 將燒成溫度由20(TC變更爲140°C以外,進行與比較例4 之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速度。 該結果如表2所示,使用含有具有含有甲基丙烯基之 光反應性側鏈及將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的聚合物(聚醯 亞胺)與聚合性化合物之液晶配向劑的實施例6〜1 5,與 使用雖含有聚合性化合物但不含有具有光反應性側鏈的聚 合物之液晶配向劑的比較例4及5,或與使用含有具有含有 甲基丙烯基之光反應性側鏈及將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的 聚合物(聚醯亞胺),但未添加聚合性化合物的液晶配向 劑B之比較例2及3做比較,紫外線照射前後之應答速度提 高率有顯著提高。 因此,確認倂用具有含有甲基丙烯基之光反應性側鏈 及將液晶配向呈垂直之側鏈的聚合物與聚合性化合物作成 液晶配向劑時,比各單獨使用,該應答速度可進一步提高 ,即使較少聚合性化合物添加量下亦可充分提高應答速度 〇 又,使用含有於兩末端具有聚合性基之α-伸甲基-γ-丁內酯基的聚合性化合物之液晶配向劑的實施例6〜1 1, 或使用含有具有於兩末端具有甲基丙烯酸酯基,該甲基丙 烯酸酯基介著氧化烯基與伸苯基結合的結構之聚合性化合 物的液晶配向劑之實施例1 2〜1 3中,燒成溫度較低時( -89- 201219379 140°C)或較高時(200°c),該應答速度皆大幅度提高。 另一方面,使用含有具有甲基丙烯酸酯基,且該甲基 丙烯酸酯基直接與伸苯基結合之結構的液晶配向劑之實施 例14〜15中,在200°C進行燒成時的應答速度提高率比在 1 40 °C進行燒成時更低。使用僅與實施例14〜15所使用的 聚合性化合物與聚合基相異的聚合性化合物之實施例6〜7 中,幾乎無確認到燒成溫度依賴性,故推測甲基丙烯基所 結合之碳原子爲sp3混成軌道,使得聚合性化合物之熱安 定性提高,應答速度提高率對於燒成溫度之依賴性變小》 cm2) 液晶配向劑 燒成溫度 CC) 應答速度(mscc> 名 稱 聚合1 生化飾 觀 添加量 價量%) 初期 UV20J後 實施例6 B1 RM1 10 200 779 62 質施例7 B! 140 891 55 0施例8 B2 RM2 10 200 821 35 K施例9 B2 140 862 37 實施例10 B3 RM3 10 200 783 36 實施例11 B3 140 808 42 實施例12 B4 RM4 10 200 766 35 實施例13 B4 140 882 31 實施例14 B5 RM5 10 200 814 732 實施例15 B5 140 850 31 比較例2 B 一 — 200 823 809 比較細3 B 140 816 793 比較例4 DI RM2 10 200 798 456 比較例5 D1 140 812 398 比較例 (實施例1 6 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 O.Og,添加上述所得之聚合性 化合物(RM6)0.06g (對於固體成分爲1〇質量%) ’在室 溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(B6 ) -90- 201219379 (實施例1 7 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 0 · 〇g,添加上述所得之聚合性 化合物(RM7 )0.06g (對於固體成分爲10質量%),在室 溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(B 7 ) (實施例1 8 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 〇.〇g,添加上述所得之聚合性 化合物(RM8)0.06g (對於固體成分爲10質量%),在室 溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(B8 ) (實施例1 9 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 O.Og,添加上述所得之聚合性 化合物(11^19)0.068(對於固體成分爲10質量%),在室 溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(B9 ) (實施例20 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 O.Og,添加上述所得之聚合性 化合物(RM10) 0.06g (對於固體成分爲10質量%),在 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(B 1 0 -91 - 201219379 (實施例2 1 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B) 10.0g,添 化合物(RM11) 0.06g (對於固體成 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調集 加上述所得之聚合性 分爲1 〇質量% ),在 丨出液晶配向劑(B 1 1 (實施例22 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) lO.Og,添 化合物(RM12) 0.06g (對於固體成 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調| 加上述所得之聚合性 分爲1 〇質量% ),在 ;出液晶配向劑(B 1 2 (實施例23 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B) 10.0g,添 化合物(RM13) 0.06g (對於固體成 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調義 加上述所得之聚合性 分爲1 〇質量% ),在 ;出液晶配向劑(B 1 3 (實施例24) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) lO.Og,添 化合物(RM14) 0.06g (對於固體成 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調義 加上述所得之聚合性 分爲1 〇質量% ),在 :出液晶配向劑(B 1 4 -92- 201219379To the obtained polyimine powder (C) (6.0 g), NMP-84 - 201219379 (74.0 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved in 5 (TC for 12 hours. BCS (20_0g) was added to the solution. The polyimine solution (D) was obtained by stirring at 50 ° C for 5 hours. Further, for the polyimine solution (D) 10. 〇g, the above-mentioned polymerizable compound (RM2) 0.06 g (for solid content) was added. In a mass ratio of 1% by mass), it was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours to dissolve the liquid crystal alignment agent (D1). <Preparation of unit cell> (Example 6) The liquid crystal alignment agent obtained in Example 1 was used. (B 1 ), the formation of the unit cell was carried out in the order shown below. The liquid crystal alignment agent (B1) obtained in Example 1 was spin-coated on a tantalum electrode pattern having a pixel size of ΙΟΟμηηχΒΟΟμηι and a line/pitch of 5 μm each. Thereafter, the crucible surface of the electrode substrate was dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 90 seconds, and then fired in a hot air circulating oven at 200 ° C for 30 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of 1 〇〇 nm. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was spin-coated on the ITO in which the electrode pattern was not formed. The film was dried in a hot plate at 80 ° C for 90 seconds, and then fired in a hot air circulating oven at 200 ° C for 30 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of ηηιη. After 6 μm of the bead spacer was spread on the liquid crystal alignment film, a sealant (solvent type thermosetting epoxy resin) was applied from the upper surface. Next, the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film forming the other substrate was used as the inner side, and the previous After the substrate is bonded, the sealant is hardened to prepare a hollow cell of -85-201219379. The liquid crystal MLC-6608 (trade name of Mock Corporation) is injected into the oven at 120 ° C by a vacuum injection method. The isotropic treatment (re-alignment treatment by heated liquid crystal) produces a unit cell. The post-production response speed of the obtained unit cell is measured by the following method. Thereafter, 20 Vp-p is added to the unit cell. In the state of voltage, UV20J of a 313 nm band-pass filter was irradiated from the outside of the unit cell. Then, the response speed was measured again, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared. The results of the response speed after the UV irradiation of 20J (after UV20J) are shown in Table 2. "Measurement method of response speed" First, a set of backlights and orthogonal polarization states are set with polarizing plates and light amount detection. The measuring device is composed of a sequence of cells, and a unit cell is disposed between a group of polarizing plates. At this time, the pattern of the IT0 electrode formed by the line/pitch is 45° to the orthogonal polarized light. The above-mentioned unit cell is applied with a rectangular wave of voltage 4V and a cycle number of 1 kHz. The change in brightness observed by the light quantity detector reaches saturation change is read by the oscilloscope, and the brightness when no voltage is applied is 〇%, plus A voltage of ±4 V, and the saturation luminance is taken as 100%, and the time when the luminance is changed from 10% to 90% is taken as the response speed. (Example 7) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out except that the baking temperature was changed from 200 ° C to 140 ° C, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared. -86-201219379 (Example 8) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 9) The reaction rate before and after UV irradiation was compared with the same operation as in Example 8 except that the baking temperature was changed from 200 °C to 140 °C. (Example 1 0) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 1 1) The reaction rate before and after UV irradiation was compared with the same operation as in Example 10 except that the baking temperature was changed from 200 °C to 140 t. (Example 1 2) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1), and the response speed before and after Uv irradiation was compared. (Example 1 3) -87-201219379 The same operation as in Example 12 was carried out except that the baking temperature was changed from 200 °C to 14 °C, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared. (Example 1 4) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 1 5) The same operation as in Example 14 was carried out except that the baking temperature was changed from 200 °C to 140 °C, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared. (Comparative Example 2) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Comparative Example 3) The same operation as in Comparative Example 2 was carried out except that the baking temperature was changed from 200 ° C to 140 ° C, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared. (Comparative Example 4) The same operation as in Example 以外 was carried out except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared -88 to 201219379 degrees. (Comparative Example 5) The firing rate was changed from 20 (TC to 140 °C, and the same operation as in Comparative Example 4 was carried out, and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared. The results are shown in Table 2, and the content contained therein was contained. Examples 6 to 15 of a photopolymerizable side chain of a methacryl group and a polymer (polyimine) in which a liquid crystal is aligned in a vertical side chain and a liquid crystal alignment agent of a polymerizable compound, and polymerization properties are used. Comparative Examples 4 and 5 of a compound which does not contain a liquid crystal alignment agent of a polymer having a photoreactive side chain, or a side chain containing a photoreactive side chain having a methacryl group and a liquid crystal alignment direction In comparison with Comparative Examples 2 and 3 of the polymer (polyimine), the liquid crystal alignment agent B to which the polymerizable compound was not added, the rate of improvement of the response speed before and after the ultraviolet irradiation was remarkably improved. When the photoreactive side chain of the propylene group and the polymer having a vertical side chain of the liquid crystal alignment and the polymerizable compound are used as a liquid crystal alignment agent, the response speed can be further improved, even if it is less concentrated. In the case where the amount of the compound to be compounded is sufficient, the reaction speed can be sufficiently increased. Further, a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group at both terminals and a polymerizable group is used. 1 1 or a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polymerizable compound having a methacrylate group at both ends and having a methacrylate group bonded to a phenyl group to form a phenyl group, and a methacrylate group having a structure in which an oxyalkylene group is bonded to a phenyl group. In 3, when the firing temperature is low (-89-201219379 140 °C) or higher (200 °c), the response speed is greatly improved. On the other hand, the use contains a methacrylate group, and In Examples 14 to 15 of the liquid crystal alignment agent having a structure in which the methacrylate group was directly bonded to a phenylene group, the rate of improvement of the response speed at the time of firing at 200 ° C was more than that at the time of firing at 1 40 ° C. In Examples 6 to 7 in which only the polymerizable compound different from the polymerizable compound used in Examples 14 to 15 was used, the firing temperature dependency was hardly confirmed, so it was estimated that the methacryl group was The combined carbon atoms are sp3 mixed orbits, making The thermal stability of the conjugate compound is increased, and the dependence of the rate of increase of the response speed on the firing temperature becomes small. cm2) The firing temperature of the liquid crystal alignment agent CC) The response speed (mscc> Name polymerization 1 Biochemical decoration addition amount valence %) Example 6 after initial UV20J B1 RM1 10 200 779 62 Example 7 B! 140 891 55 0 Example 8 B2 RM2 10 200 821 35 K Example 9 B2 140 862 37 Example 10 B3 RM3 10 200 783 36 Example 11 B3 140 808 42 Example 12 B4 RM4 10 200 766 35 Example 13 B4 140 882 31 Example 14 B5 RM5 10 200 814 732 Example 15 B5 140 850 31 Comparative Example 2 B One - 200 823 809 Comparatively fine 3 B 140 816 793 Comparative Example 4 DI RM2 10 200 798 456 Comparative Example 5 D1 140 812 398 Comparative Example (Example 1 6) For the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 1 O.Og, the polymerizable compound (RM6) 0.06 obtained above was added. g (1% by mass for solid content) 'Agitated and dissolved at room temperature for 3 hours to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent (B6) -90 - 201219379 (Example 17) For liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 1 0 · 〇g, adding the above-mentioned polymerizable compound (RM7) 0.06 g (10% by mass of the solid content), which was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent (B 7 ) (Example 18) For the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 1 〇.〇g, 0.06 g (10% by mass of the solid content) of the polymerizable compound (RM8) obtained above was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent (B8). 1 9 ) The liquid crystal alignment agent (B ) 1 O.Og was added to the above-mentioned polymerizable compound (11^19) 0.068 (10% by mass for the solid content), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved. Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent (B9) (Example 20) For the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 1 O.Og, 0.06 g of the polymerizable compound (RM10) obtained above (10% by mass for solid content) was added at room temperature. After stirring for 3 hours, the solution was dissolved to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 0 -91 - 201219379 (Example 2 1 ). For the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 10.0 g, a compound (RM11) was added to 0.06 g (for solids into a room) After stirring for 3 hours, the mixture was dissolved, and the polymerization fraction obtained above was adjusted. 1 〇质量%), in the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 1 (Example 22) For the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) lO.Og, the compound (RM12) 0.06g (after solidification at room temperature for 3 hours) To dissolve, adjust the polymerization obtained by adding the above into 1 〇 mass%), in the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 2 (Example 23) 10.0 g for the liquid crystal alignment agent (B), add the compound (RM13) 0.06 g (the solid is allowed to stand at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved, and the polymerization obtained by the above-mentioned addition is divided into 1% by mass), and the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 3 (Example 24) is liquid crystal. The alignment agent (B) lO.Og, the addition compound (RM14) 0.06 g (the solid is allowed to stand at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved, and the polymerization obtained by the above-mentioned addition is divided into 1 〇 mass%). Liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 4 -92- 201219379
(實施例25) 對於液晶配向劑(B) 10.Og’添 .化合物(RM15) 0.06g (對於固體成 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調I 加上述所得之聚合性 分爲1 〇質量% ),在 [出液晶配向劑(B 1 5 (實施例2 6 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 0 · 0g,添 化合物(RM16) 0.06g (對於固體成 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調義 加上述所得之聚合性 分爲1 〇質量% ),在 丨出液晶配向劑(B 1 6 (實施例27) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 0 . 〇 g,添 化合物(RM17) 0.06g (對於固體成 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調| 加上述所得之聚合性 分爲1 〇質量% ),在 丨出液晶配向劑(B 1 7 (實施例2 8 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 〇 . 〇g,添: 化合物(RM18) 0.06g (對於固體成: 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製 口上述所得之聚合性 }爲1 〇質量% ),在 出液晶配向劑(B 1 8 -93 - 201219379 (實施例29) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 0 · Og,添加上述所得之聚 化合物(RM19 ) 0.06g (對於固體成分爲1〇質量% ) 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑1 合性 ,在 B 1 9 (實施例30) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 1 0 · Og,添加上述所得之聚 化合物(RM20 ) 0.06g (對於固體成分爲1〇質量%) 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑1 合性 ,在 B20 (實施例3 1 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) lO.Og,添加上述所得之聚 化合物(RM21) 0.06g (對於固體成分爲1〇質量%) 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑 合性 ,在 B21 (實施例32 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) lO.Og,添加上述所得之聚 化合物(RM22 ) 0.06g (對於固體成分爲1〇質量%) 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑 合性 ,在 B22 -94- 201219379 (實施例3 3 ) 對於液晶配向劑(B ) 10. 〇g,添加上述所得之聚合性 化合物(RM23) 0.06g (對於固體成分爲10質量%),在 室溫進行3小時攪拌後使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(B23 (實施例3 4 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B 6 )以外, 進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速 度。 (實施例3 5 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B7 )以外, 進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速 度。 (實施例36) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B 8 )以外, 進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速 度。 (實施例3 7 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B 9 )以外, -95- 201219379 進行與實施例6之相同操作’比較在UV照射前後之應答速 度。 (實施例3 8 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B 1 0 )以外 ,進行與實施例6之相同操作’比較在U V照射前後之應答 速度。 (實施例3 9 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B 1 1 )以外 ,進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答 速度。 (實施例40 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B 1 2 )以外 ,進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答 速度。 (實施例4 1 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B 1 3 )以外 ,進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答 速度。 (實施例42 ) -96- 201219379 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(b丨4 )以外 ’進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在uV照射前後之應答 速度。 (實施例43 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(b丨5 )以外 ,進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答 速度。 (實施例44) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B 1 6 )以外 ,進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答 速度。 (實施例45) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B 1 7 )以外 ,進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答 速度。 (實施例46) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B 1 8 )以外 ,進行與實施例6之相同操作’比較在UV照射前後之應答 速度。 -97- 201219379 (實施例47) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(b 1 9 )以外 ,進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在U V照射前後之應答 速度。 Γ實施例48) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(b 2 0 )以外 ’進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答 速度。 (實施例49 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(b 2 1 )以外 ,進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答 速度。 (實施例50) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B22 )以外 ’進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答 速度。 (實施例5 1 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(B 2 3 )以外 ,進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答 速度。 -98 - 201219379 (實施例5 2 ) 將 TCA ( 3.36g 、 15.0mmol ) 、p-PDA ( 1.30g、 1 2.0 m m ο 1 ) 、D A - 3 ( 3 · 1 4 g、6 · Ommo 1 ) 、DA-1 ( 3.17g、 12.0mmol)在NMP(41.6g)中混合,在60 °C進行5小時反 應後,加入 CBDA(2.88g、14.7mmol)與 NMP(13.9g), 在40 °C進行1 0小時反應後得到聚醯胺酸溶液。於該聚醯胺 酸溶液(68g )中加入ΝΜΡ並稀釋至6質量%後,作爲醯亞 胺化觸媒添加乙酸酐(6.0g )、及吡啶(1 1.7g),在50°C 進行3小時反應。將該反應溶液投入於甲醇(8 50ml ),過 濾出所得之沈澱物。將該沈澱物以甲醇洗淨,在1 00 °C進 行減壓乾燥後得到聚醯亞胺粉末(E )。該聚醯亞胺的醯 亞胺化率爲50%,數平均分子量爲1 8000,重量平均分子量 爲 58000。 於所得之聚醯亞胺粉末(E ) ( 6.0g )中加入NMP ( 74.0g),在50°C進行12小時攪拌並使其溶解。於溶液加入 BCS ( 20.Og ),在50°C進行5小時攪拌後得到液晶配向劑 (F )。 又,對於上述液晶配向劑(F) lO.Og,添加〇.〇6g (對 於固體成分爲l〇wt% )的RM2,在室溫進行3小時攪拌並使 其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(FO 。 又,對於上述液晶配向劑(F) lO.Og添加0.06g (對於 固體成分爲l〇wt%)之RM4,在室溫進行3小時攪拌並使其 溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(F2 )。 -99- 201219379 (實施例53 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(F 1)以外, 進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速 度。 (實施例54) 取代液晶配向劑(Β 1 )使用液晶配向劑(F2 )以外, 進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速 度。 (實施例5 5 ) 將 BODA ( 5.0 0 g、2 0.0mm ο 1 ) 、p-PDA ( 0.87g、 8.0mm ο 1 ) 、PCH ( 3.04g、8. Ommol ) 、DA-2 ( 4.88g、 24.0mmol)在NMP ( 52.7g)中混合,在80 °C進行5小時反 應後,力口入 CBDA(3.77g、19.2mmol)與 NMP(17.56g, 在40°C進行1 0小時反應後得到聚醯胺酸溶液。於該聚醯胺 酸溶液(75g )加入NMP並稀釋至6質量%後,作爲醯亞胺 化觸媒加入乙酸酐(8.7g)、及吡啶(13.5g),在50°C進 行3小時反應。將該反應溶液投入於甲醇(95 0ml),過濾 出所得之沈澱物。將該沈澱物以甲醇洗淨,在1 〇〇 °C進行 減壓乾燥後得到聚醯亞胺粉末(G)。該聚醯亞胺的醯亞 胺化率爲50%,數平均分子量爲20000,重量平均分子量爲 86000 ° -100- 201219379 於所得之聚醯亞胺粉末(G) (6.0g)力日入NMP( 74.0g),在50°C進行12小時攪拌並使其溶解。於溶液加入 BCS ( 20.0g ) ’在5 0 °C進行5小時攪拌後得到液晶配向劑 (G 1 ) » 又’對於上述液晶配向劑(Gl) l〇.〇g加入0.06g (對 於固體成分爲1 〇質量% )之聚合性化合物RM2,在室溫進 行3小時攪拌並使其溶解,調製出液晶配向劑(G2)。 (實施例5 6 ) 取代液晶配向劑(B 1 )使用液晶配向劑(g 2 )以外, 進行與實施例6之相同操作,比較在UV照射前後之應答速 度。 實施例34〜51、53、54及56的結果如表3所示。如表3 所示,使用含有以下聚合物(聚醯亞胺)與聚合性化合物 之液晶配向劑的實施例34〜51、53、54及56,雖各聚合性 化合物或聚合物相異,但與實施例6〜1 5同樣地,紫外線 照射前後之應答速度提高率爲顯著高,該聚合物(聚醯亞 胺)爲具有含有甲基丙烯基等之光反應性側鏈及將液晶配 向呈垂直之側鏈。 -101 - 201219379 〔表3〕 液晶配向劑 燒成溫度 α) 應答速度(msec) 種類 聚合性化合物 種類 添加量 (質量%) 初期 UV20J後 實施例34 B6 RM6 10 200 790 24 實施例35 B7 RM7 10 200 792 22 實施例36 B8 RM8 10 200 821 32 實施例37 69 RM9 10 200 849 331 實施例38 BI0 RM10 10 200 815 41 實施例39 B11 RMU 10 200 860 41 實施例40 B12 RM12 10 200 802 403 實施例41 613 RM13 10 200 784 40 實施例42 B14 RM14 10 200 808 33 實施例43 B15 RM15 10 200. 757 186 實施例44 B16 RM16 10 200 798 219 實施例45 B17 RM17 10 200 774 236 實施例46 B18 RM18 10 200 817 17 實施例47 619 RM19 10 200 754 12 實施例48 B20 RH20 10 200 782 19 實施例49 ΰ21 RM21 10 200 816 295 實施例50 Β22 RM22 10 200 830 190 實施例51 Β23 RM23 10 200 794 123 實施例53 F1 RM2 10 200 649 43 實施例54 F2 SM4 10 200 702 51 實施例56 G2 RM2 10 200 753 42 -102-(Example 25) The liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 10.Og' was added. Compound (RM15) 0.06 g (The solid was dissolved at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved, and the polymerization obtained above was divided into 1 〇质量%), in [liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 5 (Example 26) for liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 1 0 · 0g, added compound (RM16) 0.06g (for solids to room temperature for 3 hours of stirring) Thereafter, it was dissolved, and the polymerization property obtained by the above addition was divided into 1 〇 mass%), and the liquid crystal alignment agent was extracted (B 1 6 (Example 27). For the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 1 0. 〇g, Tim Compound (RM17) 0.06 g (The solid is allowed to stand at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved, and the polymerization property obtained above is divided into 1% by mass), and the liquid crystal alignment agent is extracted (B 1 7 (Example) 2 8 ) For the liquid crystal alignment agent (B ) 1 〇. 〇g, Add: Compound (RM18) 0.06 g (For solids: Stir at room temperature for 3 hours, dissolve, and prepare the above-mentioned polymerizability) 1 〇质量%), in the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 8 -93 - 201219379 (Example 29) For the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 1 0·Og, 0.06 g of the above-obtained poly compound (RM19) (1% by mass for solid content) was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent, which was in B 1 9 ( Example 30) To the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 1 0 · Og, 0.06 g of the poly compound (RM20) obtained above (1% by mass based on the solid content) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved. For the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) (Example 3 1 ), the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 10% was added with 0.06 g of the poly compound (RM21) obtained above (1% by mass for the solid content) at room temperature. After stirring for 3 hours, the solution was dissolved to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent. In B21 (Example 32), for the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 10 g, 0.06 g of the above-obtained poly compound (RM22) was added (for solid content) 1% by mass), stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent, in B22-94-201219379 (Example 3 3) For the liquid crystal alignment agent (B) 10. 〇g, the above is added The obtained polymerizable compound (RM23) 0.06 g (for solid The component was 10% by mass), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then dissolved to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent (B23 (Example 34). In place of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1), a liquid crystal alignment agent (B 6 ) was used. The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 3 5) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 36) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 3 7) The reaction speed before and after UV irradiation was compared with the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1), except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B9) was used, and -95-201219379 was subjected to the same operation as in Example 6. (Example 3 8) The response speed before and after U V irradiation was compared with the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 0) was used, and the same operation as in Example 6 was carried out. (Example 3 9) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 40) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 4 1) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 42) -96-201219379 The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1), and the response speed before and after the irradiation of uV was compared. (Example 43) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 44) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 45) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 46) The response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared with that of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1) except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B18) was used. -97-201219379 (Example 47) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the U V irradiation was compared. Example 48) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 49) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 50) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 5 1) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. -98 - 201219379 (Example 5 2 ) TCA ( 3.36 g , 15.0 mmol ) , p-PDA ( 1.30 g , 1 2.0 mm ο 1 ), DA - 3 (3 · 1 4 g, 6 · Ommo 1 ), DA-1 (3.17 g, 12.0 mmol) was mixed in NMP (41.6 g), and after reacting at 60 ° C for 5 hours, CBDA (2.88 g, 14.7 mmol) and NMP (13.9 g) were added at 40 ° C. A polyamine acid solution was obtained after 10 hours of reaction. After adding hydrazine to the polyamic acid solution (68 g) and diluting it to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (6.0 g) and pyridine (1 1.7 g) were added as a ruthenium-imiding catalyst, and the mixture was carried out at 50 ° C. Hour response. The reaction solution was poured into methanol (8 50 ml), and the obtained precipitate was filtered. The precipitate was washed with methanol, and dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C to obtain a polyimine powder (E). The polyimine has a ruthenium iodide ratio of 50%, a number average molecular weight of 18,000, and a weight average molecular weight of 58,000. NMP (74.0 g) was added to the obtained polyimine powder (E) (6.0 g), and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for 12 hours and dissolved. BCS (20.Og) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (F). In addition, RM2 of 液晶.〇6g (100% by weight of solid content) was added to the above-mentioned liquid crystal alignment agent (F)10.Og, and stirred and dissolved at room temperature for 3 hours to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent ( Further, 0.06 g (100% by weight of solid content) of RM4 was added to the above liquid crystal alignment agent (F) 10 Og, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved at room temperature for 3 hours to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent (F2). -99-201219379 (Example 53) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B1), and the response speed before and after UV irradiation was compared. 54) The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (F1) was used instead of the liquid crystal alignment agent (F1), and the response speed before and after the UV irradiation was compared. (Example 5 5) BODA (5.00 g, 2 0.0mm ο 1 ) , p-PDA ( 0.87g, 8.0mm ο 1 ), PCH (3.04g, 8. Ommol ), DA-2 ( 4.88g, 24.0mmol) mixed in NMP ( 52.7g), After reacting at 80 °C for 5 hours, CBDA (3.77 g, 19.2 mmol) and NMP (17.56 g, reacted at 40 ° C for 10 hours to obtain polyfluorene. After the NMP was added to the polyamic acid solution (75 g) and diluted to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (8.7 g) and pyridine (13.5 g) were added as a ruthenium catalyzed catalyst at 50 ° C. The reaction solution was poured into methanol (95 ml), and the obtained precipitate was filtered off. The precipitate was washed with methanol, and dried under reduced pressure at 1 ° C to obtain a polyimine powder ( G). The polyimine has a oxime imidization ratio of 50%, a number average molecular weight of 20,000, and a weight average molecular weight of 8600 ° -100 - 201219379 in the obtained polyimine powder (G) (6.0 g). Into the NMP (74.0g), stir and dissolve at 50 ° C for 12 hours. Add BCS ( 20.0g ) to the solution. After stirring for 5 hours at 50 ° C, the liquid crystal alignment agent (G 1 ) is obtained. 'The liquid crystal alignment agent (G1) l〇.〇g was added to 0.06 g (1% by mass of the solid content) of the polymerizable compound RM2, and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours to dissolve the liquid crystal alignment agent. (G2) (Example 5 6) In place of the liquid crystal alignment agent (B 1 ), the liquid crystal alignment agent (g 2 ) was used. The same operation as in Example 6 was carried out to compare the response speeds before and after UV irradiation. The results of Examples 34 to 51, 53, 54 and 56 are shown in Table 3. As shown in Table 3, Examples 34 to 51, 53, 54, and 56 using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing the following polymer (polyimine) and a polymerizable compound, although each polymerizable compound or polymer was different, In the same manner as in Examples 6 to 15, the rate of improvement of the response speed before and after the ultraviolet irradiation was remarkably high, and the polymer (polyimine) had a photoreactive side chain containing a methacryl group or the like and aligned the liquid crystal. Vertical side chain. -101 - 201219379 [Table 3] Liquid crystal alignment agent firing temperature α) Response speed (msec) Type of polymerizable compound type addition amount (% by mass) Initial UV20J after Example 34 B6 RM6 10 200 790 24 Example 35 B7 RM7 10 200 792 22 Embodiment 36 B8 RM8 10 200 821 32 Embodiment 37 69 RM9 10 200 849 331 Embodiment 38 BI0 RM10 10 200 815 41 Embodiment 39 B11 RMU 10 200 860 41 Embodiment 40 B12 RM12 10 200 802 403 Embodiment 41 613 RM13 10 200 784 40 Example 42 B14 RM14 10 200 808 33 Example 43 B15 RM15 10 200. 757 186 Example 44 B16 RM16 10 200 798 219 Example 45 B17 RM17 10 200 774 236 Example 46 B18 RM18 10 200 817 17 Example 47 619 RM19 10 200 754 12 Example 48 B20 RH20 10 200 782 19 Example 49 ΰ21 RM21 10 200 816 295 Example 50 Β22 RM22 10 200 830 190 Example 51 Β23 RM23 10 200 794 123 Example 53 F1 RM2 10 200 649 43 Example 54 F2 SM4 10 200 702 51 Example 56 G2 RM2 10 200 753 42 -102-
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2010150126 | 2010-06-30 | ||
JP2011080763 | 2011-03-31 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201219379A true TW201219379A (en) | 2012-05-16 |
TWI525085B TWI525085B (en) | 2016-03-11 |
Family
ID=45402214
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW100123259A TWI525085B (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2011-06-30 | Liquid crystal alignment device, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, and liquid crystal display device manufacturing method |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP5761532B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR101831006B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN103080152B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI525085B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2012002511A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN103509562A (en) * | 2012-06-21 | 2014-01-15 | Jsr株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, phase difference film, method for forming phase difference film, liquid crystal display device, and polymer |
TWI601787B (en) * | 2012-08-21 | 2017-10-11 | 日產化學工業股份有限公司 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element |
TWI696613B (en) * | 2014-11-04 | 2020-06-21 | 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 | Butyrolactone compound and its manufacturing method |
Families Citing this family (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN103080153B (en) * | 2010-06-30 | 2016-02-10 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | The manufacture method of polymerizable compound, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal display device |
TW201534594A (en) * | 2010-06-30 | 2015-09-16 | Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, manufacturing method for liquid crystal display element, and polymerisable compound |
US9791745B2 (en) * | 2012-09-07 | 2017-10-17 | Lg Chem, Ltd. | Photoalignment polyimide copolymer and liquid crystal alignment layer |
CN107473969B (en) * | 2012-10-05 | 2020-10-16 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Method for manufacturing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element |
TWI649411B (en) * | 2013-02-01 | 2019-02-01 | 日產化學工業股份有限公司 | Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
KR102261699B1 (en) * | 2013-05-13 | 2021-06-04 | 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation membrane for use in in-plane-switching liquid crystal display element |
CN105705497B (en) * | 2013-10-04 | 2018-02-16 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, liquid-crystalline polymer, liquid crystalline composition and single coating type horizontal alignment film |
KR102351459B1 (en) * | 2013-10-07 | 2022-01-13 | 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Liquid-crystal alignment agent, liquid-crystal alignment film, and liquid-crystal display element |
WO2015053233A1 (en) * | 2013-10-07 | 2015-04-16 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Liquid-crystal display element and method for manufacturing liquid-crystal display element |
WO2015115588A1 (en) * | 2014-01-30 | 2015-08-06 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element |
CN106062009B (en) * | 2014-02-28 | 2018-03-27 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Cured film forms and uses composition, oriented material and phase difference material |
CN110408159B (en) * | 2014-06-30 | 2022-02-08 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Composition for forming cured film, alignment material, and phase difference material |
KR102462576B1 (en) * | 2014-11-04 | 2022-11-02 | 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Butyrolactone-compound production method |
EP3246309B1 (en) * | 2015-01-13 | 2020-01-01 | Nissan Chemical Corporation | Method for treating tin compound in reaction mixture |
KR102352286B1 (en) * | 2015-02-05 | 2022-01-18 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Alignment layer, liquid crystal display comprising the same and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display |
TWI763035B (en) * | 2015-07-30 | 2022-05-01 | 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 | Polymer composition, substrate with liquid crystal alignment film, manufacturing method thereof, liquid crystal display element, and side chain type polymer |
CN106188540B (en) * | 2016-07-12 | 2019-01-22 | 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 | Alignment film material and the production method of alignment film, liquid crystal display panel and preparation method thereof |
CN110785698B (en) * | 2017-06-30 | 2023-02-21 | 日产化学株式会社 | Method for manufacturing zero-plane anchoring film and liquid crystal display element |
Family Cites Families (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR960024579A (en) * | 1994-12-26 | 1996-07-20 | 윤종용 | Method of forming alignment film of liquid crystal display device |
WO1999015576A1 (en) | 1997-09-25 | 1999-04-01 | Rolic Ag | Photocrosslinkable polyimides |
KR100465446B1 (en) * | 2001-07-31 | 2005-01-13 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Photo-induced Alignment Material for liquid crystal alignment film |
CN1148608C (en) * | 2001-12-14 | 2004-05-05 | 中国科学院长春光学精密机械与物理研究所 | Preparation method of photo orientated film whose two ends possess photosensitive monomer |
JP4175826B2 (en) | 2002-04-16 | 2008-11-05 | シャープ株式会社 | Liquid crystal display |
AU2003218476A1 (en) * | 2002-05-31 | 2003-12-19 | Elsicon, Inc. | Hybrid polymer materials for liquid crystal alignment layers |
US6900271B2 (en) * | 2002-05-31 | 2005-05-31 | Elsicon, Inc | Hybrid polymer materials for liquid crystal alignment layers |
JP4522662B2 (en) * | 2003-03-31 | 2010-08-11 | 香港科技大学 | Composition for liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, and maleimide compound |
EP2070918B1 (en) | 2006-10-05 | 2012-08-29 | Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Bifunctional polymerizable compound, polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and oriented film |
JP5035517B2 (en) | 2007-02-16 | 2012-09-26 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element using the same |
JP2009102245A (en) * | 2007-10-22 | 2009-05-14 | Adeka Corp | Polymerizable compound and polymerizable composition |
US8163199B2 (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2012-04-24 | Chimei Innoloux Corporation | Alignment treatment method of substrate for liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof |
JP5296096B2 (en) | 2008-11-27 | 2013-09-25 | シャープ株式会社 | Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof |
-
2011
- 2011-06-30 WO PCT/JP2011/065101 patent/WO2012002511A1/en active Application Filing
- 2011-06-30 JP JP2012522704A patent/JP5761532B2/en active Active
- 2011-06-30 KR KR1020137001733A patent/KR101831006B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2011-06-30 CN CN201180041448.2A patent/CN103080152B/en active Active
- 2011-06-30 TW TW100123259A patent/TWI525085B/en active
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN103509562A (en) * | 2012-06-21 | 2014-01-15 | Jsr株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, phase difference film, method for forming phase difference film, liquid crystal display device, and polymer |
CN103509562B (en) * | 2012-06-21 | 2017-08-04 | Jsr株式会社 | Crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal orienting film, phase retardation film, the manufacture method of phase retardation film, liquid crystal display cells and polymer |
TWI601787B (en) * | 2012-08-21 | 2017-10-11 | 日產化學工業股份有限公司 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element |
TWI696613B (en) * | 2014-11-04 | 2020-06-21 | 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 | Butyrolactone compound and its manufacturing method |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN103080152A (en) | 2013-05-01 |
TWI525085B (en) | 2016-03-11 |
JP5761532B2 (en) | 2015-08-12 |
KR101831006B1 (en) | 2018-02-21 |
CN103080152B (en) | 2015-08-26 |
KR20130122931A (en) | 2013-11-11 |
JPWO2012002511A1 (en) | 2013-08-29 |
WO2012002511A1 (en) | 2012-01-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TW201219379A (en) | Liquid crystal-aligning agent, liquid crystal-aligning film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing liquid crystal display elements | |
TWI520948B (en) | A liquid crystal alignment device, a liquid crystal alignment device, a liquid crystal display device, and a liquid crystal display device, and a polymerizable compound | |
TWI495665B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment device, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, and liquid crystal display device manufacturing method | |
TWI638009B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element | |
TWI601757B (en) | Liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal alignment agent | |
TWI564339B (en) | A polymerizable compound, a liquid crystal alignment device, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display device, and a method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device | |
TWI464196B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal display device, and polymerizable compound | |
TWI476241B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment device, liquid crystal display device, manufacturing method of liquid crystal display device, and polymerizable compound | |
TWI499615B (en) | The liquid crystal alignment agent, the liquid crystal display with the film, the liquid crystal element and a method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display element | |
TWI605091B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element | |
TWI607265B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent containing a crosslinkable compound having a photoreactive group | |
TWI495664B (en) | A liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal display element, and a diamine compound | |
TW201704295A (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element which can improve the response speed of the liquid crystal display element and can provide high reliability | |
TWI657297B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element | |
TWI683857B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element | |
TWI781080B (en) | Polyimide precursor, and liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element having the precursor | |
TW201219450A (en) | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same |